Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Prose than

  • 1 volverse chiflado

    (v.) = go + potty, go off + Posesivo + rocker
    Ex. That adults have gone potty over Potter is probably motivated less by Rowling's prose than by the fact that, finally, here is a book we can easily read.
    Ex. I mean everyone's entitled to their own opinion, but they went off their rocker embracing our enemies.
    * * *
    (v.) = go + potty, go off + Posesivo + rocker

    Ex: That adults have gone potty over Potter is probably motivated less by Rowling's prose than by the fact that, finally, here is a book we can easily read.

    Ex: I mean everyone's entitled to their own opinion, but they went off their rocker embracing our enemies.

    Spanish-English dictionary > volverse chiflado

  • 2 volverse loco

    v.
    to go insane, to go crazy, to become totally insane, to go mad.
    * * *
    to go mad
    * * *
    * * *
    (v.) = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker
    Ex. 'I can't take it! the man's gone bananas'.
    Ex. Without language we would go bumping around in the dark and eventually take leave of our senses under the welter of the incomprehensible, withdrawing, as some people do, into a closed world in order to protect ourselves against the unbearable onslaught.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'The confrontation of childhood with a world gone mad: an examination of children's biography and autobiography in the context of World War 2'.
    Ex. Term paper fraud runs amok on the Web as dozens of fee and free sites have thousands of term papers available for lazy and unprincipled students.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'Have We Lost Our Marbles?'.
    Ex. The article is entitled ' Going Bonkers!': Children, Play and Pee-Wee'.
    Ex. It depicts fascism as a crusade for preserving literature's purity, a crusade that went berserk.
    Ex. You have also probably read about cases where an employee ' went postal' and entered a company building, shooting his boss and other employees.
    Ex. Our imagination went wild, because we didn't want death to be the end, we wanted to keep on living on familiar grounds, and most of all, we didn't want to be alone.
    Ex. Sawer went crazy after the woman he was having an affair with was caught and her husband killed her.
    Ex. When she discovered vintage comics and their lurid covers, she went nuts.
    Ex. That adults have gone potty over Potter is probably motivated less by Rowling's prose than by the fact that, finally, here is a book we can easily read.
    Ex. How anyone can get a buzz from laying into someone is beyond me; it's not nice to see it happen - too many times have I seen people beaten up over nothing.
    Ex. For this reason, he did not die, but rather went out of his mind.
    Ex. The good thing about having it in writing is that you`re then well within your rights to throw a wobbly and demand you get what you paid for.
    Ex. He never had issues with alcohol as a teen with going off the rails etc as he was used to have a sip of wine now and then with dinner or at Crimbo.
    Ex. Of course there are things they don't like, and sometimes one of them throws a wobbler -- which sets the other one off!.
    Ex. The formatting on my main page has gone haywire for apparently no reason.
    Ex. I mean everyone's entitled to their own opinion, but they went off their rocker embracing our enemies.
    * * *
    (v.) = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker

    Ex: 'I can't take it! the man's gone bananas'.

    Ex: Without language we would go bumping around in the dark and eventually take leave of our senses under the welter of the incomprehensible, withdrawing, as some people do, into a closed world in order to protect ourselves against the unbearable onslaught.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'The confrontation of childhood with a world gone mad: an examination of children's biography and autobiography in the context of World War 2'.
    Ex: Term paper fraud runs amok on the Web as dozens of fee and free sites have thousands of term papers available for lazy and unprincipled students.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'Have We Lost Our Marbles?'.
    Ex: The article is entitled ' Going Bonkers!': Children, Play and Pee-Wee'.
    Ex: It depicts fascism as a crusade for preserving literature's purity, a crusade that went berserk.
    Ex: You have also probably read about cases where an employee ' went postal' and entered a company building, shooting his boss and other employees.
    Ex: Our imagination went wild, because we didn't want death to be the end, we wanted to keep on living on familiar grounds, and most of all, we didn't want to be alone.
    Ex: Sawer went crazy after the woman he was having an affair with was caught and her husband killed her.
    Ex: When she discovered vintage comics and their lurid covers, she went nuts.
    Ex: That adults have gone potty over Potter is probably motivated less by Rowling's prose than by the fact that, finally, here is a book we can easily read.
    Ex: How anyone can get a buzz from laying into someone is beyond me; it's not nice to see it happen - too many times have I seen people beaten up over nothing.
    Ex: For this reason, he did not die, but rather went out of his mind.
    Ex: The good thing about having it in writing is that you`re then well within your rights to throw a wobbly and demand you get what you paid for.
    Ex: He never had issues with alcohol as a teen with going off the rails etc as he was used to have a sip of wine now and then with dinner or at Crimbo.
    Ex: Of course there are things they don't like, and sometimes one of them throws a wobbler -- which sets the other one off!.
    Ex: The formatting on my main page has gone haywire for apparently no reason.
    Ex: I mean everyone's entitled to their own opinion, but they went off their rocker embracing our enemies.

    Spanish-English dictionary > volverse loco

  • 3 volverse majareta

    (v.) = go + potty, go out of + Posesivo + mind, go off + the rails, go off + Posesivo + rocker
    Ex. That adults have gone potty over Potter is probably motivated less by Rowling's prose than by the fact that, finally, here is a book we can easily read.
    Ex. For this reason, he did not die, but rather went out of his mind.
    Ex. He never had issues with alcohol as a teen with going off the rails etc as he was used to have a sip of wine now and then with dinner or at Crimbo.
    Ex. I mean everyone's entitled to their own opinion, but they went off their rocker embracing our enemies.
    * * *
    (v.) = go + potty, go out of + Posesivo + mind, go off + the rails, go off + Posesivo + rocker

    Ex: That adults have gone potty over Potter is probably motivated less by Rowling's prose than by the fact that, finally, here is a book we can easily read.

    Ex: For this reason, he did not die, but rather went out of his mind.
    Ex: He never had issues with alcohol as a teen with going off the rails etc as he was used to have a sip of wine now and then with dinner or at Crimbo.
    Ex: I mean everyone's entitled to their own opinion, but they went off their rocker embracing our enemies.

    Spanish-English dictionary > volverse majareta

  • 4 βουλεύω

    βουλ-εύω, Il.2.379, etc., [tense] aor.
    A

    ἐβούλευσα Od.5.23

    , etc., [dialect] Ep.

    βούλ- Il.14.464

    : [tense] pf.

    βεβούλευκα S.OT 701

    :—[voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., v. infr.: ([etym.] βουλή):—take counsel, deliberate, in past tenses, determine or resolve after deliberation:
    1 abs.,

    ὣς βουλεύσαντε Il. 1.531

    ; βουλευέμεν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι in council or in battle, Od.14.491;

    β. ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα γένοιτο 9.420

    , cf. 11.229;

    δυσμενέεσσι φόνου πέρι β. 16.234

    ; ἔς γε μίαν βουλεύσομεν (sc. βουλήν ) we shall agree to one plan, Il.2.379;

    θυμῷ β. Od.12.58

    ;

    β. περί τινος Hdt.1.120

    , Th.3.28, 5.116: in Prose, chiefly [voice] Med. in this sense, v. infr. B.
    2 c. acc. rei, deliberate on, plan, devise,

    β. βουλάς Il.24.652

    , al.; οὐ.. τοῦτον μὲν ἐβούλευσας νόον αὐτή; Od.5.23;

    ὁδόν 1.444

    ;

    φύξιν Il.10.311

    , 398;

    κέρδεα Od.23.217

    ;

    ψεύδεα 14.296

    : c. dat. pers.,

    τῷ γάρ ῥα θεοὶ βούλευσαν ὄλεθρον Il. 14.464

    , cf. Hdt.9.110;

    θάνατόν τινι Pl.Lg. 872a

    ;

    β. πῆμά τινι Od.5.179

    , etc.;

    κέλευθον A.Pers. 758

    ;

    ποινάς Id.Ag. 1223

    ;

    νεώτερα β. περί τινος Hdt.1.210

    :—[voice] Pass. (with [tense] fut. [voice] Med., A.Th. 198), [tense] aor.

    ἐβουλεύθην Hdt. 7.157

    , Th.1.120, Pl.R. 442b: [tense] pf. βεβούλευμαι (usu. in med. sense, v. infr. B):— to be determined or planned,

    ψῆφος κατ' αὐτῶν βουλεύσεται A.

    l.c.;

    βεβούλευται τάδε Id.Pr. 998

    , cf. Hdt.7.10.δ; τὰ βεβουλευμένα, = βουλεύματα, Id.4.128;

    τὰ βουλευόμενα X.Cyr.6.2.2

    ;

    πῶς σφῷν βεβούλευται Pl.Euthd. 274a

    .
    3 c. inf., take counsel, resolve to do,

    τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ βούλευσα.. οὐτάμεναι Od.9.299

    , cf. Hdt.1.73, 6.52,61, etc.:— [voice] Pass.,

    τοῖσι ἐβεβούλευτο τὸ παιδίον προσουδίσαι Id.5.92

    .γ.
    II give counsel,

    τὰ λῷστα β. A.Pr. 206

    ;

    β. δυνατός Pl.Lg. 694b

    : c. dat. pers., advise,

    ἵνα σφίσι βουλεύησθα Il.9.99

    , cf. A.Eu. 697.
    III sit in council, of the Spartan γέροντες, Hdt.6.57; to be a member of a βουλή, Arist.Pol. 1282a30; esp. of the Council of 500 at Athens, Antipho 6.45, And.1.75, X.Mem.1.1.18, Arist.Ath.62.3;

    ἡ βουλὴ ἡ βουλεύουσα Lys.13.19

    ; βουλὴν β. to be a member of the β., ib.20;

    βουλεύειν λαχών Pl.Grg. 473e

    .
    B [voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    - εύσομαι A.Ag. 846

    , Ch. 718, Th.1.43, Pl.Smp. 174d: [tense] aor.

    ἐβουλευσάμην S.OT 537

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep.

    βουλ- Il.2.114

    ;

    ἐβουλεύθην D.H.15.7

    : [tense] pf.

    βεβούλευμαι Hdt.3.134

    , S.El. 385, Th.1.69, E.Supp. 248, Pl.Chrm. 176c (also in pass. sense, v. supr.):—more freq. in [dialect] Att. Prose than [voice] Act.,
    1 abs., take counsel with oneself, deliberate, Hdt.7.10.δ, Arist.EN 1112b11,20;

    παραχρῆμα οὐδὲ -σάμενος D.37.13

    ;

    ἅμα τινί Hdt.8.101

    ;

    περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος τῶν οἰκείων Th.3.44

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 231a;

    περί τι Id.R. 604c

    ; ὑπέρ τινος ib. 428d;

    πρὸς τὴν γεγενημένην ξυμφοράν Th.7.47

    : c. acc. cogn.,

    β. βούλευμα And.3.29

    ;

    βουλήν Pl.Plt. 298b

    , etc.;

    ἴσον τι ἢ δίκαιον Th.2.44

    :—also like [voice] Act., take counsel,

    πρός τινας LXX 4 Ki.6.8

    .
    2 act as member of council, and so originate measures,

    β. καὶ κρίνειν Arist.Pol. 1281b31

    ; τὸ βουλευόμενον ib. 1291a28.
    3 c. acc. rei, determine with oneself, resolve on,

    κακὴν ἀπάτην βουλεύσατο Il.2.114

    ([voice] Med. here only in Hom.);

    ἀλλοῖόν τι περί τινος Hdt.5.40

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 32c.
    4 c. inf., resolve to do, Hdt.3.134, Pl.Chrm. 176c.
    5 rarely folld. by Relat., β. ὅ τι ποιήσεις ibid.; β. ὅπως .. with subj., X.Cyr.1.4.13; β. πῶς τις, c. [tense] fut., Id.An.3.4.40;

    πῶς καὶ τί πρακτέον εἴη Plb.1.33.3

    ;

    ἵνα Ev.Jo.12.10

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > βουλεύω

  • 5 παραχρῆμα

    A on the spot, forthwith, Hdt.3.15, 7.150, Lys.25.17, etc.; πάλαι τε καὶ οἱ πλεῖστοι π. Th. 7.75 ;

    εἰ καὶ μὴ π., ἀλλ' ὀλίγον ὕστερον Isoc. 18.64

    ; ταχέως καὶ π. Cratin.6 ; at the moment,

    π. τέρψασαι Critias 6.23

    (nisi divisim scribendum) ; τὰ π. the present, opp. τὰ μέλλοντα, Th.1.138 ; ἡ π. ἀνάγκη present necessity, Id.2.17 ; τὸ π. περιχαρές ib.51 ;

    τὸ π. περιδεές Id.8.1

    ; τὸ π. ἡδύ immediate pleasure, Pl.Prt. 356a ;

    αἱ π. ἡδοναί Antipho Soph.58

    : with the Art., τὸ π. Hdt.6.11, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ π. λέγειν to speak offhand, Pl.Cra. 399d, cf. D.1.1 ;

    ἐκ τοῦ π. στρατεύεσθαι X.HG6.4.11

    ;

    αἱ ἐκ τοῦ π. ἡδοναί Id.Mem.2.1.20

    ; λέγειν ἀπὸ τοῦ π. Id.HG1.1.30 ; ἐν τῷ π. Antipho 5.73, Pl.R. 455a, etc.;

    ἐς τὸ π. ἀκούειν Th.1.22

    ;

    ἀσθενεῖς εἰς τὸ π. γίγνονται Pl.Lg. 646c

    .—More freq. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose than in later writers (hence expld. by Hsch. παραχρῆμα· παραυτίκα.., εὐθέως), cf. Call.Fr.106.3, SIG577.12 (Milet., iii/ii B. C.), Plu. Cam.42 ;

    νόμοι ἐκ τοῦ π. κείμενοι Jul.

    ad Them.262a ;

    ἐκ τοῦ π. εἰπεῖν Plu.2.6e

    , cf. Longin.18.2 ; ἐν τῷ π. Aristid.2.407 J.:—hence Cobet treats ἄρτι, εὐθύς, εὐθέως, when joined with παραχρῆμα as glosses,

    π. ἄρτι X.HG1.4.14

    ; εὐθέως π. Antipho 1.20 ; εὐθὺς π. Is.1.11, Din.1.94, D.48.40.
    2 in later writers, c. gen.,

    π. τῆς εὐεργεσίας D.Chr.11.130

    ;

    π. τῆς διαβάσεως Eun.Hist.p.240

    D., cf. Gp.10.75.16.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παραχρῆμα

  • 6 HINN

    * * *
    I)
    (hin, hitt), dem. pron.
    1) the other; á hinn fótinn, on the other leg; pl. the others, the rest (Kimbi bar sár sín engan mun betr en hinir);
    2) emphatically, that; hitt ek hugða, that was what I thought; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know.
    (hin, hit), def. art., before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive, the, = inn, enn( eptir hinni eystri kvísl).
    * * *
    1.
    HIN, HIT, the article, an enclitic, which therefore can never serve as an accentuated syllable in a verse, either as rhyme or in alliteration. In good old MSS. (e. g. Cod. Reg. of Sæm.) it is hardly ever spelt with the aspirate, but is written inn, in, it or ið, or enn, en, et or eð, and thus distinguished from the demonstr. pron. hinn; but in the Editions the prob. spurious aspirate has been generally prefixed: an indecl. inu or hinu occurs often in later MSS. of the 14th century, e. g. the Fb.; but as it has not been heard of since and is unknown in the modern language, it simply seems to be a Norwegianism, thus, inu sömu orð, Th. 2; hinnu fyrri biskupa (gen. pl.), H. E. ii. 79; enu instu luti ( res intimas), Hom. 57 (Norse MS.); hinu ágæztu menn (nom. pl.), id.; innu óargu dýra, 657 A. ii. 12: [cp. Goth. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]
    A. The:
    I. preceding the noun:
    1. before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive; inn mæri, inn ríki, inn dimmi dreki, inn mikli mögr, Vsp.; in aldna, id.; inn góða mjöð, the good mead, Gm. 13; inn mæra mjöð, Skm. 16; inn helga mjöð, Sdm. 18; in forna fold, Hým. 24; in fríða frilla, 30; inn fróði jötum, Vþm. 20; inn gamli þulr, 9; inn hára þul, Fm. 34; inn fráni ormr, 19; opt inn betri bilar þá er inn verri vegr, Hm. 127; in alsnotra ambátt, in arma, Þkv.; enn fróði afi, Skm. 2; in ílla mæra, 32; enn fráni ormr, 27; eð manunga man, Hm. 163; enn aldna jötun, 104; en horska mær, 95; it betra, Stor. 22; ena þriðju, the third, Vsp. 20; inn móður-lausi mögr, Fm. 2; it gjalla gull, ok it glóðrauða fé, 9; ið fyrsta orð, Sdm. 14; enu skírleita goði, Gm. 39; in glýstömu græti, Hðm. 1; in svásu goð, Vþm. 17; enum frægja syni, Hm. 141; at ins tryggva vinar, 66; ennar góðu konu, 100; ins svinna mans, 162; ens dýra mjaðar, 141; ens hindra dags, 109; ens unga mans, Skm. 11; ens deykkva hrafns, Skv. 2. 20; æ til ins eina dags, Fm. 10; ena níundu hverja nótt, Skm. 21: with the ordinals, inn fyrsti, þriði …, Gm. 6 sqq., Sdm. 21 sqq.
    2. so also before an adverb; it sama, likewise, Hm. 75, Fm. 4, Vþm. 22, 23, Gm. 15, Hdl. 26.
    3. as an indecl. particle ‘in’ or ‘en’ before a comparative; in heldr, the more, Hm. 60, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21, Gh. 3, Nj. 219; in lengr, the longer, Am. 58, 61; this has been already mentioned s. v. en (p. 127, B. at bottom, and p. 128), but it is almost exclusively poetical.
    II. placed between a pronoun and an adjective in the definite form:
    1. after a demonstr.; sá inn fráni ormr, Fm. 26; sá inn harði hallr, Gs. 10; sá inn aldni jötun, Skm. 25; sá inn ámáttki jötunn, 10; þat ið mikla men, Þkv. 13; þat ið litla, ‘that the little,’ i. e. the little thing, Ls. 44: þann inn alsvinna jötun, Vþm. 1; þann inn aldna jötun, Fm. 29; þann inn hrímkalda jötun, 38; þess ins alsvinna jötuns, Vþm. 5; þat it unga man, Alm. 6; þann inn aldna jötun, Gm. 50; þau in harðmóðgu ský, 41; sá inn máttki munr, 93; mönnum þeim enum aldrœnum, Hbl. 44; börn þau in blíðu, Og. 9; hrís þat ið mæra, Akv. 5: in prose, fjölmenni þat it mikla, Eg. 46; þetta it mikla skip, Fms. x. 347, passim: with ordinals, segðu þat ið eina, say that the first, Vþm. 20; þat ið þriðja, fjórða …, 20 sqq.
    2. after a possessive; síns ins heila hugar, síns ins svára sefa, Hm. 105; þíns ins hvassa hjörs, Fm. 29; minn inn hvassi hjörr, 6; míns ins hvassa hjörs, 28; bækr þínar inar bláhvítu, Hðm.
    3. after a pers. pron.: þú hinn armi, thou wretch! Ld. 326; gakk þú hingat hinn mikli maðr! Eg. 488.
    III. placed between two nouns in apposition:
    1. between a proper name and a title or epithet in the definite form; Sigurðr inn Suðræni, Sigurd the Southerner, Skv. 3. 4; Atli inn Ríki, Akv. 29; Högna ins frækna, Hjalla ins blauða, 23; Guðröðr inn Göfugláti, Ýt.; Hamðir inn hugumstóri, Hðm. 25; Kjötva’nn (= Kjötva enn) Auðga, Hornklofi; Svan enum Rauða, Álfr enn Gamli, Hdl.; as also in prose, Ívarr inn Víðfaðmi, Haraldr enn Hárfagri, Ólafr inn Digri, Knútr inn Fundni, Auðr in Djúpauðga, Þorbjörg in Digra, Hildr in Mjófa, Steinólfr inn Lági, Þorkell inn Hávi, Kjarlakr inn Gamli, Björn inn Austræni, Ólafr inn Hvíti, Hálfdan inn Svarti, Sighvatr inn Rauði, Kyjólfr inn Grá, Gestr inn Spaki; Ari inn Fróði (Aren Froðe contr. = Are enn Froðe, Ó. T. 23, line 1), Ketill inn Heimski, Knútr inn Ríki, Eadvarðr inn Góði, Hálfdan inn Mildi, Ingjaldr inn Illráði, Helgi inn Magri, Úlfr inn Skjálgi, Landn., Fb. iii; cp. Gr. Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων, Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος, Germ. Nathan der Weise, Engl. Alfred the Great, etc.: of ships, Ormr inn Langi, Ormr inn Skammi.
    2. between an appellative and an adjective; sveinn inn hvíti, Ls. 20; hendi inni hægri, 61; þengill inn meins-vani, Gm. 16; seggr inn ungi, Skm. 2; skati inn ungi, Hdl. 9; brúðr in kappsvinna, Am. 75; hest inn hraðfæra, Gh. 18; varr inn vígfrækni, gumi inn gunnhelgi, Hðm. 30; auð inn fagra, Skv. 1. 13; orm inn frána, 1, 11; fjánda inn fólkská, Fm. 37; konungr inn Húnski, Skv. 3. 8, 18, 63, 64; orð ið fyrra, Og. 9; mál ið efsta, 16; seggr inn suðræni, Akv. 3; seggr inn æri, 6; mar’inum mélgreypa, 3, 13; borg inni há, 14; sól inni suðrhöllu, 30; veðrs ens mikla, Hkv. 1. 12; handar ennar hægri, Ls. 38, 61; vífs ins vegliga, Am. 54; konung inn kostsama, Hkm.; gramr inn glaðværi, id.; hlut inn mjóvara, Ýt. 13; konungr inn kynstóri, fylkir inn framlyndi, hilmi’nom hálsdigra, konu’na Dönsku, hverr’ enni Heinversku, Hornklofi, Sæm. (Möb.) 228–231; við arm inn vestra, Sighvat; so also in prose passim.
    B. When there was no adjective the article became a suffix to the noun (see Gramm. pp. xix, xx), a usage common even in early prose, but extremely rare in poetry; the reason is, not that the poems were composed before the suffixed article had come into use, but that the metres themselves in which all the old poems were composed are older than that usage, and are not well adapted to it, so that the absence of the article became traditional. The old poem Harbarðsljóð makes an exception, no doubt not from being later than all other poems, but from being composed in a peculiar metre, half verse and half prose; thus in that single poem alone there are nearly twenty instances, or about twice or thrice as many as in all the other poems together:—váginn, Hbl. 2, 13, 15; sundit, 1, 3, 8, 13; verðinum, 4; eikjunni, 7; skipit, id.; stöðna, landit, id.; leiðina, 55; höfuðit, 15; bátinum, 53; veggsins, stokksins, steinsins, 56; matrinn, 3: other solitary instances are, goðin öll, Vsp. 27 (prob. somewhat corrupt); eiki-köstinn, Gh. 20; vömmin vár, Ls. 52.
    II. in prose, old and modern, the suffixed article occurs at every step; only one or two instances are worth noticing as peculiar to the Icelandic:
    1. as vocative in addressing; konan, O woman! mjöðnannan, id., Sighvat (in a verse of A. D. 1018, and so in mod. usage); elskan! hjartað! heillin! ástin, my love! dear! heart! þursinn! Fas. i. 385; hundarnir! = ω κύνες, Od. xxii. 35: also with another word, barnið gott, good child! Þrúðnaþussinn, thou monster giant! Miðgarðs-ormrinn! Fas. i. 373.
    2. esp. if with a possessive adjective following, as in Gr. οὑμός, τοὐμόν, τἀμά, etc.; elskan mín, ástin mín, hjartað mitt, góðrinn minn! hér er nú ástin mín, here is my darling! Sturl. ii. 78, of a father presenting a darling child to a friend; and so in mod. usage: as abuse, hundrinn þinn, thou dog! Ísl. ii. 176; þjófrinn þinn! Fms. vii. 127; dyðrillinn þinn! ii. 279; hundinum þínum! vi. 323: this use is not confined to the vocative, e. g. konan mín biðr að heilsa, my wife (kona mín is never used); maðrinn minn, my husband; biddu foreldrana þína ( ask thy parents) að lofa þér að fara; augun hans, his eyes, Pass. 24. 4; hugrinn vor og hjartað sé, our mind and heart (cp. Gr. τω ἐμω θυμω), 43. 5; svo hjartað bæði og málið mitt | mikli samhuga nafnið þitt, 10. 7; gef þú að móður-málið mitt, 35. 9; bókin mín, my favourite book, my own book; as also, fáðu mér hattinn minn, vetlingana mína, skóna mína, give me my hat, gloves, shoes; tungan í þér, augun í þér, thy tongue, thy eyes; höfuðið á mér, fætrnir á mér, my head, my feet; hendrnar á þér (‘á mér, á þér’ are here equivalent to a possessive, see p. 37, C. IV), thy hands, cp. Homer, τα σα γούνατα; hestana þína, Gr. ϊππους τους σούς: similar is the instance, vömmin vár, the sins of ours, Ls. 52; this may be a remnant of a time when the article was used separately, even with an indefinite adjective.
    3. a double article, one suffixed to the noun and the other prefixed to the word in apposition; hirðin sú in Danska, Fms. vi. 323; þau in stóru skipin, viii. 384 and passim: again, when a noun is put in the genitive after another noun the former has no article; as the Engl. phrase ‘the fish of the sea and the fowl of the air’ is in Icel. ‘fiskar sjávarins og fuglar loptsins:’ but this belongs to the syntax; see also Grimm’s D. G. iv. 432.
    C. SPECIAL CHANGES, in mod. usage:
    I. the demonstr. pron. sá, sú, það has in speech generally taken the place of inn, in, it; thus, sá gamli maðr, sú gamla kona, það gamla skáld; sometimes the article is dropped altogether, e. g. á fimta degi, on the fifth day (= á enum fimta degi); á sömn stundu, in the same hour; even in old writers this is found, með sömu ætlan, Bs. i. 289; á níundu tíð dags, Stj. 41, (but rarely); yet the old form is often retained in writing.
    II. in case A. II. the article may be dropped; þann gamla maim, þá gömlu konu, það gamla skáld, þú armi, etc.; sá ráða-góði, sú goðum-líki, sá ágæti Odysseifr, sú vitra Penelopa, sá Jarðkringjandi Pósídon, Od. passim (in Dr. Egilsson’s translation).
    III. in case A. III. 1. the article is also dropped, Knútr Ríki, Haraldr Hárfagri; even old writers (esp. in later vellums) omitted it now and then, Hálfdan Svarta, Fms. i. 1; Haraldr Grænski, 90; Haraldr Hárfagri, 192; Óttarr ungi, Hdl.: even in the Sæm. Cod. Reg., Völsungr ungi, Skv. 3. 1, 3.
    IV. in case A. III. 2. the pronouns sá, sú, það, and hinn, hin, hit may be used indiscriminately, although the former is more usual.
    V. lastly, in case B. the suffixed article has gained ground, and is in modern prose used more freq. than in ancient.
    ☞ CONCLUSION.—The old poetical language, with the sole exception of a single poem, had no article in the modern and proper sense; in every instance the ‘inn, in, it’ bears the character of a demonstrative pronoun, preceding an adjective and enhancing and emphasising its sense, like the pers. pron. hann, q. v.; but it is never attached to a single substantive; when the adjective was placed in apposition after a noun, the pronoun came to stand as an enclitic just after the noun, and was sounded as if suffixed thereto; at last it was tacked as an actual suffix to single nouns standing without apposition, and thus the true suffixed article gradually arose, first in speech, then in writing; whereas at the same time the old pronominal enclitic (A. I-III) gradually went out of use, and was either dropped or replaced by the stronger demonstrative pronoun ‘sá, sú.’
    2.
    HIN, HITT, demonstr. pron., prob. identical in etymology with the preceding word, from which it is however distinguished,
    1. by the neut. hitt, Dan. hint;
    2. by the initial aspirate, which is never dropped;
    3. by being a fully accentuated pronoun, so that the h can stand as an alliterative letter, e. g. handar ennar hægri | mun ek hinnar geta, Ls.; veitkat ek hitt hvart Heita | hungr …, Hallfred; Hitt kvað þá Hamðir, etc., Hom. 23, 25, Korm. 40; Raun er hins at Heinir | hræ …; Skáld biðr hins at haldi | hjálm …, Sighvat, Hkv. Hjörv. 26: [Ulf. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]
    A. This pronoun is used,
    I. in a demonstr. sense, emphatically and without being opp. to a preceding demonstr.; raun er hins at …, it is proved that …; skáld biðr hins, at …, Sighvat; veitkat ek hitt hvat (hvárt) …, Hallfred; hitt ek hugða, emphatically, that was what I thought, I thought forsooth, Hm. 98; hitt kvað pá Hróðrglóð, Hðm. 13; hitt kvað þá Hamðir, 25; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know, Vþm. 3, 6; þó ek hins get, ef …, yet I guess, that if …, Skm. 24; vita skal hitt, ef …, Korm. 40 (in a verse), Ísl. ii. 225 (in a verse); hitt var fyrr = in former times, formerly, Ýt., Fs. 94 (in a verse); hinn er sæll, er …, he is happy, that …, Hm. 8; maðr hinn er …, ‘man he that’ = the man who, 26; hinn er Surts ór Sökkdölum, Edda 51 (in a verse); veitat hinn er tin tannar, hinn er um eyki annask, Kormak (in a verse); handar innar hægri mun ek hinnar geta, er …, the right hand, that hand namely, which …, Ls. 38; this usage scarcely occurs except in old poetry.
    II. demonstr. referring to another pronoun, denoting the former, farther, the other, = Dan. hiin, hint, Germ. jener, cp. Gr. ἐκεινος, Lat. ille; freq. in prose, old and mod.; fóru þeir með þau skip er þeim þóttu bezt en brenndu hin, Fms. v. 8; Kimbi bar sár sitt engan mun betr en hinir, er hann hafði áðr á fært, 92; en hitt er meira, at hann lætr sér annarra manna fé jafnheimilt, Eg. 47; kemr örvar-oddrinn í strenglag hinnar örvarinnar, Fb. iii. 405; er þú hefir mik fyrir lagt á hinu áðr, 407; hinir frændr þínir, ii. 425; á hinn fótinn, on that, the other leg, Nj. 97; þat er válítið, … hitt er undr …, Ls. 33; hinir hlaða seglunum ok bíða, Fms. x. 347; ef hinn ( the other part) er eigi þar við staddr, Grág. i. 52; hvárt hinn ( the other one) hefir jafnmikit fé hins ( of the other one) er austr er, 220; rétt er at kveðja frá hennar heimili ef hann veit hvártki hinna (gen. pl.), 339; ok vill annarr hluta en annarr eigi … ok verðr sem hinn mæli ekki um er eigi vill hluta, 393; ef maðr sendir annan mann til eindaga, ok erat hinn skyldr við at taka, id.; þess á milli er hón fór at sofa á kveldit, ok hins er hón var klædd, Ld. 14; ærit fögr er mær sjá, … en hitt veit ek eigi hvaðan þjófs-augu eru komin í ættir várar, forsooth she is a beautiful girl, but yet I know not, Nj. 2:—demonstr. in the sense of this (but rare), stjörnur þær er nær eru leiðar-stjöruu ganga aldri undir með oss, en í Blálandi eðr Arabia ganga hinar stjörnur, these very stars, Rb. 468: phrases, hitt ok annat, this and the other, Rd. 235; mod. hitt og þetta.
    B. COMPOUND FORMS, hinn-ug, hinn-og, or hins-ig, mod. hins-egin, also hizig, q. v. [from vegr], adv. the other way; þótt Gísl þykki hinsig (hinn veg, v. l.) eigi síðr til vísa, Fms. vii. 46; hinnig værir þú undir brún at líta sem …, Nj. 55: locally, there, in the other place, illic, ok láta bera vætti þat hinneg var nefnt, Grág. i. 90; heimta af erfingja ef hinnig er eigi til, K. Þ. K. 28; brenndi þar ok görði hervirki eigi minna enn hinneg, Fms. vi. 340; ef hinnig mundi kostr, K. Þ. K. 24; eigi er hægra undir þeim at búa fyrir kulda sakir, enn hinnog er fyrir ofrhita sakir, Sks. 196; því at hón er kaldari hér en hizug, 70: temp. the other day, formerly (rare), er ek hinnig mælta, Og. 11.
    2. denoting motion, hither, thither; hinnig deyja ór Helju halir, Vþm. 43; renna hinnig, Gh. 18; ríða hinig, Fm. 26: koma hinig, Gs. 18.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HINN

  • 7 solutum

    solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:

    soluisse,

    Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
    I.
    To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    Outwardly, to release.
    a.
    From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:

    solvite istas,

    i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:

    solvite istum,

    id. Mil. 5, 32:

    numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:

    jube solvi (eum),

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:

    ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:

    ut vincti solvantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §

    12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    ita nexi soluti (sunt),

    Liv. 8, 28, 9:

    solvite me, pueri,

    Verg. E. 6, 24:

    fore ut brevi solveretur,

    Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:

    canis solutus catena,

    Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:

    solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),

    Stat. Th. 5, 15:

    terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
    b.
    From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    solverat sol equos,

    unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:

    et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:

    et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,

    id. H. 11, 4:

    praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,

    Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:

    soluta toga,

    Quint. 11, 3, 147:

    vela solvere,

    Verg. A. 4, 574.—
    c.
    From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:

    Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,

    Prop. 2, 1, 69:

    fraxinus solvitur,

    from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:

    ceciditque soluta pinus,

    id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:

    pinus radice soluta, deficit,

    id. S. 5, 1, 152:

    solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:

    accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,

    detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;

    but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,

    Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:

    querno solvunt de stipite funem,

    id. F. 4, 333:

    fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,

    id. Am. 2, 11, 23:

    curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),

    Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:

    imber caelesti nube solutus,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:

    cum solis radii absumant,

    Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:

    solutum a latere pugionem,

    detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
    d.
    Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
    (α).
    With acc. alone:

    eisce confectis navem solvimus,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:

    navim cupimus solvere,

    id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:

    naves solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;

    3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,

    Liv. 45, 6:

    postero die solvere naves (jussi),

    id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:

    classem solvere,

    Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
    (β).
    With ab and abl.:

    navis a terra solverunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,

    Liv. 31, 7 med.:

    solvunt a litore puppes,

    Luc. 2, 649.—
    (γ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
    (δ).
    With abl.:

    complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    portu solventibus,

    id. Mur. 2, 4.—
    (ε).
    Absol. (sc. navem or naves):

    tertia fere vigilia solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 23:

    nos eo die cenati solvimus,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:

    altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,

    Liv. 31, 14 init.:

    qui inde solverant,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:

    solvi mare languido,

    Sen. Ep. 53, 1:

    fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,

    id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:

    non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,

    making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
    (ζ).
    With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):

    naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
    (η).
    Poet. usages:

    de litore puppis solvit iter,

    clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:

    nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,

    Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
    e.
    Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    cruor solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 9, 530:

    lacrimas solvere,

    id. Achill. 2, 256:

    solutis lacrimis,

    Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,

    partus solvere,

    to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
    2.
    To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
    a.
    In gen.:

    omne colligatum solvi potest,

    Cic. Fin. 11.—
    b.
    Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    solvere naves et rursus conjungere,

    Curt. 8, 10, 3:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    dubitavit an solveret pontem,

    Curt. 4, 16, 8:

    solvere pontem,

    Tac. A. 1, 69:

    si pons solutus sit,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:

    solutus pons tempestatibus,

    Just. 2, 13, 9:

    currum (solis) solutum,

    Manil. 1, 740.—
    c.
    Of woven stuff:

    solvens texta,

    Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Of mountains:

    utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:

    tridente Neptunus montem solvit,

    id. Agam. 553.—
    e.
    Of the neck:

    soluta cervix silicis impulsu,

    broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
    f.
    Of a comet:

    momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
    g.
    Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:

    solve capillos,

    Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:

    crinem,

    id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:

    comas casside,

    Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
    h.
    Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;

    post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:

    ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,

    Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
    3.
    To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
    (α).
    Of a change into air or gas:

    calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,

    dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:

    nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,

    id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:

    ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 285;

    nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,

    Ov. M. 15, 845.—
    (β).
    Into a liquid, to melt:

    saepe terra in tabem solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:

    terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 4:

    nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,

    Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:

    ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,

    nivem solvere,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:

    rigor auri solvitur aestu,

    Lucr. 1, 493:

    ferrum calidi solvant camini,

    Manil. 4, 250:

    cerae igne solutae,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 47:

    Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,

    Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:

    (herba) quinto die solvitur,

    id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
    (γ).
    Of putrefaction:

    (vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,

    Verg. G. 4, 302.—
    (δ).
    Of change in general:

    inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,

    Ov. F. 1, 108:

    repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),

    Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
    (ε).
    Of expansion by heat:

    (uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
    (ζ).
    Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:

    gravitas aeris solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
    (η).
    Solvi in, to pass into, become:

    in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,

    Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:

    donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,

    disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:

    postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),

    Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
    4.
    To consume, to destroy, dissolve:

    solvere orbes,

    Manil. 1, 497:

    ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),

    Lucr. 3, 287:

    (Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,

    Liv. 39, 40, 11:

    si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:

    (turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,

    id. ib. 7, 9, 4:

    tabes solvit corpora,

    Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:

    nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),

    id. 3, 506:

    ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,

    Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:

    solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,

    Sen. Ep. 22, 3:

    hanc mihi solvite vitam,

    Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
    a.
    From the body, etc.:

    teque isto corpore solvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 703:

    soluta corpore anima,

    Quint. 5, 14, 13:

    qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,

    Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:

    vocem solvere,

    to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:

    suspiria solvit,

    Stat. Th. 11, 604:

    solvat turba jocos,

    Sen. Med. 114:

    solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:

    Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,

    unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
    b.
    Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:

    linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,

    Ov. M. 3, 261:

    lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:

    ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,

    id. Const. 11, 3:

    (fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,

    Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:

    magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,

    Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.

    of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,

    unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    c.
    From obligations and debts:

    solvit me debito,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:

    an nos debito solverit,

    id. Ep. 81, 3:

    ut religione civitas solvatur,

    Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:

    te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:

    hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,

    Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:

    sacramento solvi,

    Tac. A. 16, 13:

    cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,

    Dig. 49, 16, 13:

    militia solvere,

    Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:

    ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:

    ut manere solveretur,

    that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
    d.
    From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):

    si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,

    be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:

    atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,

    Ov. F. 6, 452:

    ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    Helenen ego crimine solvo,

    id. A. A. 2, 371:

    quid crimine solvis Germanum?

    Stat. Th. 11, 379:

    solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
    e.
    From feelings, etc.:

    quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,

    Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:

    senatus cura belli solutus,

    Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:

    pectus linquunt cura solutum,

    Lucr. 2, 45:

    his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    soluti metu,

    Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:

    solvent formidine terras,

    Verg. E. 4, 14:

    solve metu patriam,

    Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:

    metu belli Scythas solvit,

    Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:

    haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:

    soluti a cupiditatibus,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:

    his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,

    id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:

    longo luctu,

    Verg. A. 2, 26:

    tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),

    Sen. Hippol. 450:

    solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 1063:

    Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:

    solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),

    the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:

    rabie tigrim,

    Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:

    ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),

    Sen. Ep. 95, 38:

    calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?

    i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:

    solvite animos,

    Manil. 4, 12.—With in:

    vix haec in munera solvo animum,

    i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
    f.
    From sleep, very rare:

    ego somno solutus sum,

    awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
    g.
    From labor, business, etc.:

    volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:

    solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,

    Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:

    Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,

    to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
    h.
    From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    frontem solvere disce,

    Mart. 14, 183:

    saltem ora trucesque solve genas,

    Stat. Th. 11, 373:

    solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:

    solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,

    be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:

    vultum risu solvit,

    relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:

    risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,

    Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,

    solvere judicem,

    unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:

    solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),

    Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:

    ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:

    cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:

    solventur risu tabulae,

    i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:

    quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
    k.
    From any cause of restraint.
    (α).
    To release from siege:

    Bassanitas obsidione solvere,

    Liv. 44, 30:

    patriam obsidione solvere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
    (β).
    From moral restraints:

    hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,

    gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
    l.
    From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
    (α).
    To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:

    Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:

    cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 31:

    ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,

    id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:

    Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    solvatne legibus Scipionem,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:

    petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,

    Liv. 31, 50, 8:

    Scipio legibus solutus est,

    id. Epit. 56:

    Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,

    Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:

    ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,

    Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:

    (aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:

    solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,

    id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:

    nec leti lege solutas,

    Lucr. 3, 687:

    nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),

    Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:

    et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
    (β).
    Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:

    reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,

    i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:

    soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,

    id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:

    solutus Legibus insanis,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:

    quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,

    Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
    2.
    To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
    (α).
    Of troops, ranks, etc.:

    ubi ordines procursando solvissent,

    Liv. 42, 65, 8:

    incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,

    Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:

    agmina Diductis solvere choris,

    Verg. A. 5, 581:

    solvit maniplos,

    Juv. 8, 154:

    solvuntur laudata cohors,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:

    commissas acies ego possum solvere,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
    (β).
    Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:

    convivio soluto,

    Liv. 40, 14 fin.:

    convivium solvit,

    Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:

    Quid cessas convivia solvere?

    Ov. F. 6, 675:

    coetuque soluto Discedunt,

    id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
    (γ).
    Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:

    (discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,

    Quint. 1, 9, 2:

    quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,

    id. 9, 4, 14:

    ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,

    id. 1, 8, 13:

    non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
    3.
    Implying a change for the worse.
    a.
    To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):

    Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,

    Sen. Ep. 51, 5:

    usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:

    infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,

    Quint. 1, 2, 6:

    solutus luxu,

    id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:

    soluti in luxum,

    Tac. H. 2, 99:

    in lasciviam,

    id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:

    si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
    b.
    To make torpid by removing sensation.
    (α).
    To relax, benumb the limbs or body;

    as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,

    Lucr. 6, 798:

    ima Solvuntur latera,

    Verg. G. 3, 523:

    solvi debilitate corporis,

    paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:

    ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,

    Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:

    illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:

    segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,

    wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:

    mentes solvere,

    to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
    (β).
    By frost ( poet.):

    solvuntur illi frigore membra,

    Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
    (γ).
    By sleep ( poet. for sopio):

    homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,

    Ov. M. 7, 186:

    corpora somnus Solverat,

    id. ib. 10, 369:

    molli languore solutus,

    id. ib. 11, 648;

    11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,

    id. ib. 8, 817:

    somno vinoque solutos,

    id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:

    ut membra solvit sopor,

    id. ib. 12, 867:

    non solvit pectora somnus,

    Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:

    solvitur in somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:

    aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,

    lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
    (δ).
    By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:

    corporibus quae senectus solvit,

    Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):

    (corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est,

    id. Ep. 66, 43:

    ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,

    id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:

    me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,

    Sen. Troad. 605:

    solvi inedia,

    Petr. 111:

    sic morte quasi somno soluta est,

    Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Of logical dissolution, to refute:

    non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,

    how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:

    argumentum solvere,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
    b.
    To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:

    deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
    II.
    To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;

    post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,

    Quint. 2, 12, 1:

    qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,

    Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:

    supera compage soluta,

    Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
    2.
    To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:

    nullo solvente catenas,

    Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:

    solvere frenum,

    Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:

    loris solutis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:

    qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,

    Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:

    gelu solvitur,

    it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:

    solvitur acris hiems,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:

    facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:

    Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,

    looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:

    indigno non solvit bracchia collo,

    Stat. Th. 5, 217:

    digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,

    id. ib. 8, 585.—
    3.
    To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:

    solve vidulum ergo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:

    eam solve cistulam,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 151:

    solve zonam,

    untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:

    solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 62:

    animai nodos a corpore solvit,

    Lucr. 2, 950:

    nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,

    Curt. 3, 1, 18:

    quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:

    solvere nodum,

    Stat. Th. 11, 646:

    laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,

    Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:

    vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,

    Ov. M. 9, 58:

    fasciam solve,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 10:

    solutis fasciis,

    Curt. 7, 6, 5:

    solvi fasciculum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    crinales vittas,

    Verg. A. 7, 403:

    Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,

    Curt. 7, 2, 25:

    equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 9:

    redimicula solvite collo,

    Ov. F. 4, 135:

    corollas de fronte,

    Prop. 1, 3, 21:

    solvere portas,

    Stat. Th. 3, 492:

    munimina valli,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    ille pharetram Solvit,

    Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:

    solutis ac patefactis venis,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:

    venam cultello solvere,

    Col. 6, 14; cf.

    also: lychnis alvum solvit,

    looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:

    ventrem,

    Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:

    stomachus solutus = venter solutus,

    loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
    B.
    Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
    1.
    Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
    a.
    Of the mouth, etc., to open:

    talibus ora solvit verbis,

    Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:

    ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,

    Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:

    vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,

    os promptius ac solutius,

    Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:

    hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
    b.
    To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:

    si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 160:

    cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,

    id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:

    morte solvetur compromissum,

    Dig. 4, 8, 27:

    soluto matrimonio,

    ib. 24, 3, 2:

    solutum conjugium,

    Juv. 9, 79:

    qui... conjugalia solvit,

    Sen. Med. 144:

    nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,

    Ov. M. 11, 743:

    (sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,

    cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
    c.
    To efface guilt or wrong:

    magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,

    Ov. F. 5, 304:

    solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,

    id. ib. 2, 44:

    culpa soluta mea est,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:

    neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
    d.
    Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;

    less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,

    Cic. Mil. 31, 85:

    capite poenas solvit,

    Sall. J. 69, 4:

    meritas poenas solventem,

    Curt. 6, 3, 14:

    poenarum solvendi tempus,

    Lucr. 5, 1224:

    nunc solvo poenas,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    hac manu poenas tibi solvam,

    id. Hippol. 1177.—
    e.
    To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:

    atque animi curas e pectore solvat,

    Lucr. 4, 908:

    curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 38:

    patrimonii cura solvatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §

    2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:

    solvite corde metum,

    Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:

    solve metus animo,

    Stat. Th. 2, 356:

    solvi pericula et metus narrant,

    Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:

    hoc uno solvitur ira modo,

    id. A. A. 2, 460:

    solvitque pudorem,

    Verg. A. 4, 55.—
    f.
    Of sleep:

    quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,

    Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:

    nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,

    Luc. 6, 768; cf.:

    lassitudinem solvere,

    Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
    g.
    Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
    (α).
    To raise a siege:

    solutam cernebat obsidionem,

    Liv. 36, 10, 14:

    soluta obsidione,

    id. 36, 31, 7:

    ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,

    id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:

    cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,

    Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
    (γ).
    To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:

    quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,

    Sen. Oedip. 525:

    sonipedes imperia solvunt,

    id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:

    sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
    h.
    Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:

    solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),

    Curt. 10, 2, 5:

    solutae a se legis monitus,

    Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,

    Liv. 8, 4, 7:

    (Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,

    id. 1, 49, 7:

    oportebat istum morem solvi,

    Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
    2.
    Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
    a.
    To subvert discipline:

    disciplinam militarem solvisti,

    Liv. 8, 7, 16:

    luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,

    id. 40, 1, 4:

    quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,

    Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
    b.
    Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:

    nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,

    Sall. J. 41, 6:

    patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    vires solvere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 7:

    vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
    c.
    Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:

    segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;

    similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,

    Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:

    hoc firmos solvit amores,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 385:

    amores cantibus et herbis solvere,

    Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
    d.
    Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:

    vitex dicitur febres solvere,

    Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:

    solvit jejunia granis,

    Ov. F. 4, 607:

    quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,

    id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,

    famem,

    Sen. Thyest. 64.—
    e.
    To delay:

    hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,

    Sen. Troad. 1131.—
    f.
    Of darkness, to dispel:

    lux solverat umbras,

    Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
    g.
    Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:

    aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,

    Sen. Phoen. 406:

    electus formae certamina solvere pastor,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 337:

    jurgia solvere,

    Manil. 3, 115:

    contradictiones solvere,

    Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
    h.
    Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:

    quia quaestionem solvere non posset,

    Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:

    aenigmata,

    Quint. 8, 6, 53:

    omnes solvere posse quaestiones,

    Suet. Gram. 11:

    haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,

    Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:

    unum tantum hoc solvendum est,

    that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:

    puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,

    id. Ep. 48, 6:

    carmina non intellecta Solverat,

    Ov. M. 7, 760:

    triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,

    Sen. Oedip. 102:

    nodos juris,

    Juv. 8, 50:

    proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,

    Quint. 5, 10, 96:

    plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,

    id. 1, 10, 49:

    quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,

    id. 3, 7, 3:

    ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,

    id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
    3.
    In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
    a.
    To pay.
    (α).
    Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:

    quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:

    inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),

    Liv. 6, 14, 5:

    quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,

    id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:

    pro vectura rem solvit?

    paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:

    ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:

    tibi res soluta est recte,

    id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:

    ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 20:

    rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 45:

    dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:

    res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,

    id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);

    semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,

    they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:

    si tergo res solvonda'st,

    by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:

    habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,

    id. Curc. 3, 9:

    tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
    (β).
    Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:

    cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 43:

    ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,

    id. ib. 20, 46:

    misimus qui pro vectura solveret,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 2:

    qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:

    ut creditori solvat,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:

    si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,

    it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:

    numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,

    to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:

    fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 84:

    cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,

    Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:

    non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
    (γ).
    With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:

    postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,

    settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,

    id. Fl. 23, 54:

    ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,

    id. Att. 16, 2, 1:

    solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:

    aes alienum solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 36, 5:

    quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?

    id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,

    debitum solvere,

    id. ib. 6, 30, 2:

    ne pecunias creditas solverent,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:

    ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,

    Liv. 6, 15, 5:

    ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:

    cum patriae quod debes solveris,

    Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    debet vero, solvitque praeclare,

    id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:

    aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:

    qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 22 fin.
    (δ).
    By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:

    emi: pecuniam solvi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:

    pro frumento nihil solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §

    169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,

    Liv. 44, 16:

    hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 6:

    nisi pecuniam solvisset,

    id. Cim. 1, 1:

    condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,

    Liv. 30, 37 med.:

    pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,

    id. 36, 3, 1:

    pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,

    id. 32, 26, 14:

    pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,

    id. 40, 39 fin.:

    meritam mercedem,

    id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:

    quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:

    stipendium,

    Liv. 28, 32, 1:

    dotem mulieri,

    Dig. 24, 3, 2:

    litem aestimatam,

    the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:

    arbitria funeris,

    the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:

    solvere dodrantem,

    to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:

    dona puer solvit,

    paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,

    munera,

    id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:

    et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:

    si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:

    si (actor) solutus fuisset,

    Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
    (ε).
    Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:

    aliquid praesens solvere,

    to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,

    aliquid de praesentibus solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 16:

    solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,

    Vell. 2, 25:

    quas solvere grates sufficiam?

    Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;

    nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:

    unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):

    Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,

    Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    homines dicere, se a me solvere,

    id. ib. 5, 21, 11:

    (summa) erat solvenda de meo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:

    operas solvere alicui,

    to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:

    stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,

    Gai. Inst. 4, 90:

    iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;

    2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,

    a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.

    in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,

    Liv. 31, 13:

    nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 105:

    qui modo solvendo sint,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:

    si solvendo sint,

    Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:

    nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:

    solvendo non erat,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 79;

    and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,

    Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:

    *non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),

    Vitr. 10, 6 fin.
    b.
    To fulfil the duty of burial.
    (α).
    Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:

    qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,

    who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:

    justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,

    Curt. 3, 12, 15:

    proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,

    id. 10, 6, 7:

    ut justa soluta Remo,

    Ov. F. 5, 452:

    nunc justa nato solve,

    Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
    (β).
    Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:

    exsequiis rite solutis,

    Verg. A. 7, 5:

    cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,

    Sen. Hippol. 1198:

    solvere suprema militibus,

    Tac. A. 1, 61.—
    c.
    Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
    (α).
    Alone:

    vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:

    quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,

    Liv. 31, 9 fin.:

    liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,

    id. 40, 44, 8:

    placatis diis votis rite solvendis,

    id. 36, 37 fin.:

    petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,

    id. 45, 44:

    animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 5:

    vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,

    Tac. A. 2, 69:

    vota pater solvit,

    Ov. M. 9, 707:

    ne votum solvat,

    Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:

    voti debita solvere,

    Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.

    the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),

    Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:

    V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),

    ib. 2022 et saep.:

    sacra solvere (=votum solvere),

    Manil. 1, 427.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:

    vota Jovi solvo,

    Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:

    sunt vota soluta deae,

    id. F. 6, 248:

    dis vota solvis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:

    libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),

    Just. 18, 5, 4.—
    d.
    Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:

    fidem obligatam liberare,

    Suet. Claud. 9):

    illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,

    Flor. 1, 1, 12;

    similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),

    Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
    e.
    Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):

    perinde quasi promissum solvens,

    Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:

    solvitur quod cuique promissum est,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;

    similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,

    what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    (Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:

    tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:

    reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,

    id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:

    cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:

    nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,

    unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:

    duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,

    Liv. 27, 51:

    eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,

    id. 24, 45, 10:

    non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;

    postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 21;

    ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,

    Col. 2, 9:

    soluta et facilis terra,

    id. 3, 14;

    solum solutum vel spissum,

    id. 2, 2 init.;

    seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:

    hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,

    id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:

    solutiores ripae,

    Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:

    mas spissior, femina solutior,

    Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:

    dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
    3.
    (Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:

    turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:

    aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:

    (orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,

    Cic. Or. 47, 173:

    verbis solutus satis,

    id. ib. 47, 174:

    solutissimus in dicendo,

    id. ib. 48, 180.—
    2.
    Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:

    quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72:

    soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,

    unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:

    si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;

    non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,

    id. ib. 4, 21, 3;

    solutus omni fenore,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 4;

    nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,

    Liv. 8, 32, 5:

    Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
    3.
    Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:

    quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,

    Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:

    apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,

    i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:

    maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
    4.
    Free from cares, undistracted:

    animo soluto liberoque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:

    sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
    5.
    At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:

    te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:

    quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:

    Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
    6.
    Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:

    quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,

    Cic. Dom. 39, 104:

    an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?

    Sen. Ep. 23, 4:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 5, 355:

    (mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,

    unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
    7.
    Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:

    cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,

    Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:

    ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,

    Liv. 29, 1 fin.:

    Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:

    incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,

    Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:

    rectore solutos (solis) equos,

    Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
    8.
    Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:

    nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;

    cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,

    id. Div. 1, 2, 4:

    judicio senatus soluto et libero,

    id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:

    sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,

    id. Att. 1, 13, 2:

    libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:

    si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,

    uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
    9.
    Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:

    amores soluti et liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    licentia,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 4:

    populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 53:

    quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,

    id. Mil. 13, 34:

    quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,

    Liv. 27, 31 fin.:

    adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,

    id. 2, 1, 2:

    solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,

    a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,

    Suet. Aug. 44:

    mores soluti,

    licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
    10.
    Regardless of rules, careless, loose:

    orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,

    Tac. A. 16, 18.—
    11.
    Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
    (α).
    Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:

    est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
    (β).
    More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);

    in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,

    Cic. Or. 52, 174:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,

    id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;

    68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,

    Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;

    de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,

    id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:

    ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,

    id. ib. 7, 1:

    primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 32:

    Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,

    id. Or. 57, 192:

    et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,

    id. ib. 64, 215:

    a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,

    id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
    (γ).
    Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:

    ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:

    nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,

    id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
    (δ).
    Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:

    soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:

    solutiora componere,

    id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
    12.
    Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):

    sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,

    Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
    13.
    Undisciplined, disorderly:

    omnia soluta apud hostes esse,

    Liv. 8, 30, 3:

    nihil temeritate solutum,

    Tac. A. 13, 40:

    apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,

    Just. 34, 2, 2.—
    14.
    Lax, remiss, weak:

    mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,

    Tac. Or. 18:

    soluti ac fluentes,

    Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:

    solutum genus orationis,

    a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:

    quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,

    laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:

    aliquid in solutum dare,

    to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:

    qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:

    qui rem in solutum accipit,

    Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;

    in solutum imputare,

    to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:

    pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,

    Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:

    pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,

    Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
    1.
    Thinly:

    corpora diffusa solute,

    Lucr. 4, 53.—
    2.
    Of speech, fluently:

    non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 110:

    ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,

    id. ib. 81, 280:

    quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,

    Tac. A. 4, 31.—
    3.
    Irregularly, loosely:

    a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
    4.
    Freely, without restraint:

    generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,

    i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
    5.
    Of style, without connection, loosely:

    enuntiare,

    Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
    6.
    Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:

    praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),

    Liv. 39, 1, 4:

    in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,

    id. 23, 37, 6.—
    7.
    Weakly, tamely, without vigor:

    quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
    8.
    Of morals, loosely, without restraint:

    ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,

    Tac. A. 13, 47.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solutum

  • 8 solvo

    solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:

    soluisse,

    Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
    I.
    To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    Outwardly, to release.
    a.
    From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:

    solvite istas,

    i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:

    solvite istum,

    id. Mil. 5, 32:

    numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:

    jube solvi (eum),

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:

    ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:

    ut vincti solvantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §

    12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    ita nexi soluti (sunt),

    Liv. 8, 28, 9:

    solvite me, pueri,

    Verg. E. 6, 24:

    fore ut brevi solveretur,

    Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:

    canis solutus catena,

    Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:

    solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),

    Stat. Th. 5, 15:

    terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
    b.
    From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    solverat sol equos,

    unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:

    et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:

    et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,

    id. H. 11, 4:

    praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,

    Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:

    soluta toga,

    Quint. 11, 3, 147:

    vela solvere,

    Verg. A. 4, 574.—
    c.
    From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:

    Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,

    Prop. 2, 1, 69:

    fraxinus solvitur,

    from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:

    ceciditque soluta pinus,

    id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:

    pinus radice soluta, deficit,

    id. S. 5, 1, 152:

    solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:

    accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,

    detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;

    but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,

    Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:

    querno solvunt de stipite funem,

    id. F. 4, 333:

    fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,

    id. Am. 2, 11, 23:

    curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),

    Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:

    imber caelesti nube solutus,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:

    cum solis radii absumant,

    Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:

    solutum a latere pugionem,

    detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
    d.
    Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
    (α).
    With acc. alone:

    eisce confectis navem solvimus,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:

    navim cupimus solvere,

    id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:

    naves solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;

    3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,

    Liv. 45, 6:

    postero die solvere naves (jussi),

    id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:

    classem solvere,

    Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
    (β).
    With ab and abl.:

    navis a terra solverunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,

    Liv. 31, 7 med.:

    solvunt a litore puppes,

    Luc. 2, 649.—
    (γ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
    (δ).
    With abl.:

    complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    portu solventibus,

    id. Mur. 2, 4.—
    (ε).
    Absol. (sc. navem or naves):

    tertia fere vigilia solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 23:

    nos eo die cenati solvimus,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:

    altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,

    Liv. 31, 14 init.:

    qui inde solverant,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:

    solvi mare languido,

    Sen. Ep. 53, 1:

    fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,

    id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:

    non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,

    making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
    (ζ).
    With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):

    naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
    (η).
    Poet. usages:

    de litore puppis solvit iter,

    clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:

    nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,

    Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
    e.
    Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    cruor solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 9, 530:

    lacrimas solvere,

    id. Achill. 2, 256:

    solutis lacrimis,

    Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,

    partus solvere,

    to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
    2.
    To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
    a.
    In gen.:

    omne colligatum solvi potest,

    Cic. Fin. 11.—
    b.
    Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    solvere naves et rursus conjungere,

    Curt. 8, 10, 3:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    dubitavit an solveret pontem,

    Curt. 4, 16, 8:

    solvere pontem,

    Tac. A. 1, 69:

    si pons solutus sit,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:

    solutus pons tempestatibus,

    Just. 2, 13, 9:

    currum (solis) solutum,

    Manil. 1, 740.—
    c.
    Of woven stuff:

    solvens texta,

    Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Of mountains:

    utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:

    tridente Neptunus montem solvit,

    id. Agam. 553.—
    e.
    Of the neck:

    soluta cervix silicis impulsu,

    broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
    f.
    Of a comet:

    momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
    g.
    Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:

    solve capillos,

    Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:

    crinem,

    id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:

    comas casside,

    Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
    h.
    Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;

    post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:

    ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,

    Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
    3.
    To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
    (α).
    Of a change into air or gas:

    calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,

    dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:

    nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,

    id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:

    ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 285;

    nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,

    Ov. M. 15, 845.—
    (β).
    Into a liquid, to melt:

    saepe terra in tabem solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:

    terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 4:

    nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,

    Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:

    ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,

    nivem solvere,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:

    rigor auri solvitur aestu,

    Lucr. 1, 493:

    ferrum calidi solvant camini,

    Manil. 4, 250:

    cerae igne solutae,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 47:

    Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,

    Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:

    (herba) quinto die solvitur,

    id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
    (γ).
    Of putrefaction:

    (vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,

    Verg. G. 4, 302.—
    (δ).
    Of change in general:

    inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,

    Ov. F. 1, 108:

    repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),

    Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
    (ε).
    Of expansion by heat:

    (uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
    (ζ).
    Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:

    gravitas aeris solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
    (η).
    Solvi in, to pass into, become:

    in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,

    Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:

    donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,

    disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:

    postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),

    Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
    4.
    To consume, to destroy, dissolve:

    solvere orbes,

    Manil. 1, 497:

    ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),

    Lucr. 3, 287:

    (Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,

    Liv. 39, 40, 11:

    si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:

    (turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,

    id. ib. 7, 9, 4:

    tabes solvit corpora,

    Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:

    nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),

    id. 3, 506:

    ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,

    Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:

    solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,

    Sen. Ep. 22, 3:

    hanc mihi solvite vitam,

    Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
    a.
    From the body, etc.:

    teque isto corpore solvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 703:

    soluta corpore anima,

    Quint. 5, 14, 13:

    qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,

    Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:

    vocem solvere,

    to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:

    suspiria solvit,

    Stat. Th. 11, 604:

    solvat turba jocos,

    Sen. Med. 114:

    solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:

    Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,

    unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
    b.
    Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:

    linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,

    Ov. M. 3, 261:

    lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:

    ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,

    id. Const. 11, 3:

    (fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,

    Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:

    magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,

    Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.

    of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,

    unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    c.
    From obligations and debts:

    solvit me debito,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:

    an nos debito solverit,

    id. Ep. 81, 3:

    ut religione civitas solvatur,

    Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:

    te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:

    hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,

    Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:

    sacramento solvi,

    Tac. A. 16, 13:

    cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,

    Dig. 49, 16, 13:

    militia solvere,

    Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:

    ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:

    ut manere solveretur,

    that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
    d.
    From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):

    si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,

    be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:

    atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,

    Ov. F. 6, 452:

    ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    Helenen ego crimine solvo,

    id. A. A. 2, 371:

    quid crimine solvis Germanum?

    Stat. Th. 11, 379:

    solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
    e.
    From feelings, etc.:

    quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,

    Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:

    senatus cura belli solutus,

    Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:

    pectus linquunt cura solutum,

    Lucr. 2, 45:

    his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    soluti metu,

    Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:

    solvent formidine terras,

    Verg. E. 4, 14:

    solve metu patriam,

    Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:

    metu belli Scythas solvit,

    Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:

    haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:

    soluti a cupiditatibus,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:

    his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,

    id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:

    longo luctu,

    Verg. A. 2, 26:

    tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),

    Sen. Hippol. 450:

    solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 1063:

    Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:

    solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),

    the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:

    rabie tigrim,

    Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:

    ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),

    Sen. Ep. 95, 38:

    calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?

    i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:

    solvite animos,

    Manil. 4, 12.—With in:

    vix haec in munera solvo animum,

    i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
    f.
    From sleep, very rare:

    ego somno solutus sum,

    awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
    g.
    From labor, business, etc.:

    volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:

    solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,

    Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:

    Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,

    to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
    h.
    From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    frontem solvere disce,

    Mart. 14, 183:

    saltem ora trucesque solve genas,

    Stat. Th. 11, 373:

    solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:

    solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,

    be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:

    vultum risu solvit,

    relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:

    risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,

    Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,

    solvere judicem,

    unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:

    solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),

    Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:

    ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:

    cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:

    solventur risu tabulae,

    i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:

    quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
    k.
    From any cause of restraint.
    (α).
    To release from siege:

    Bassanitas obsidione solvere,

    Liv. 44, 30:

    patriam obsidione solvere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
    (β).
    From moral restraints:

    hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,

    gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
    l.
    From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
    (α).
    To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:

    Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:

    cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 31:

    ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,

    id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:

    Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    solvatne legibus Scipionem,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:

    petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,

    Liv. 31, 50, 8:

    Scipio legibus solutus est,

    id. Epit. 56:

    Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,

    Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:

    ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,

    Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:

    (aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:

    solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,

    id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:

    nec leti lege solutas,

    Lucr. 3, 687:

    nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),

    Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:

    et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
    (β).
    Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:

    reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,

    i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:

    soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,

    id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:

    solutus Legibus insanis,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:

    quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,

    Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
    2.
    To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
    (α).
    Of troops, ranks, etc.:

    ubi ordines procursando solvissent,

    Liv. 42, 65, 8:

    incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,

    Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:

    agmina Diductis solvere choris,

    Verg. A. 5, 581:

    solvit maniplos,

    Juv. 8, 154:

    solvuntur laudata cohors,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:

    commissas acies ego possum solvere,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
    (β).
    Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:

    convivio soluto,

    Liv. 40, 14 fin.:

    convivium solvit,

    Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:

    Quid cessas convivia solvere?

    Ov. F. 6, 675:

    coetuque soluto Discedunt,

    id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
    (γ).
    Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:

    (discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,

    Quint. 1, 9, 2:

    quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,

    id. 9, 4, 14:

    ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,

    id. 1, 8, 13:

    non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
    3.
    Implying a change for the worse.
    a.
    To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):

    Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,

    Sen. Ep. 51, 5:

    usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:

    infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,

    Quint. 1, 2, 6:

    solutus luxu,

    id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:

    soluti in luxum,

    Tac. H. 2, 99:

    in lasciviam,

    id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:

    si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
    b.
    To make torpid by removing sensation.
    (α).
    To relax, benumb the limbs or body;

    as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,

    Lucr. 6, 798:

    ima Solvuntur latera,

    Verg. G. 3, 523:

    solvi debilitate corporis,

    paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:

    ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,

    Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:

    illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:

    segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,

    wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:

    mentes solvere,

    to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
    (β).
    By frost ( poet.):

    solvuntur illi frigore membra,

    Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
    (γ).
    By sleep ( poet. for sopio):

    homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,

    Ov. M. 7, 186:

    corpora somnus Solverat,

    id. ib. 10, 369:

    molli languore solutus,

    id. ib. 11, 648;

    11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,

    id. ib. 8, 817:

    somno vinoque solutos,

    id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:

    ut membra solvit sopor,

    id. ib. 12, 867:

    non solvit pectora somnus,

    Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:

    solvitur in somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:

    aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,

    lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
    (δ).
    By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:

    corporibus quae senectus solvit,

    Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):

    (corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est,

    id. Ep. 66, 43:

    ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,

    id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:

    me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,

    Sen. Troad. 605:

    solvi inedia,

    Petr. 111:

    sic morte quasi somno soluta est,

    Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Of logical dissolution, to refute:

    non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,

    how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:

    argumentum solvere,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
    b.
    To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:

    deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
    II.
    To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;

    post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,

    Quint. 2, 12, 1:

    qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,

    Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:

    supera compage soluta,

    Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
    2.
    To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:

    nullo solvente catenas,

    Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:

    solvere frenum,

    Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:

    loris solutis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:

    qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,

    Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:

    gelu solvitur,

    it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:

    solvitur acris hiems,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:

    facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:

    Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,

    looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:

    indigno non solvit bracchia collo,

    Stat. Th. 5, 217:

    digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,

    id. ib. 8, 585.—
    3.
    To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:

    solve vidulum ergo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:

    eam solve cistulam,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 151:

    solve zonam,

    untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:

    solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 62:

    animai nodos a corpore solvit,

    Lucr. 2, 950:

    nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,

    Curt. 3, 1, 18:

    quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:

    solvere nodum,

    Stat. Th. 11, 646:

    laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,

    Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:

    vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,

    Ov. M. 9, 58:

    fasciam solve,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 10:

    solutis fasciis,

    Curt. 7, 6, 5:

    solvi fasciculum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    crinales vittas,

    Verg. A. 7, 403:

    Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,

    Curt. 7, 2, 25:

    equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 9:

    redimicula solvite collo,

    Ov. F. 4, 135:

    corollas de fronte,

    Prop. 1, 3, 21:

    solvere portas,

    Stat. Th. 3, 492:

    munimina valli,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    ille pharetram Solvit,

    Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:

    solutis ac patefactis venis,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:

    venam cultello solvere,

    Col. 6, 14; cf.

    also: lychnis alvum solvit,

    looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:

    ventrem,

    Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:

    stomachus solutus = venter solutus,

    loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
    B.
    Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
    1.
    Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
    a.
    Of the mouth, etc., to open:

    talibus ora solvit verbis,

    Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:

    ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,

    Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:

    vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,

    os promptius ac solutius,

    Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:

    hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
    b.
    To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:

    si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 160:

    cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,

    id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:

    morte solvetur compromissum,

    Dig. 4, 8, 27:

    soluto matrimonio,

    ib. 24, 3, 2:

    solutum conjugium,

    Juv. 9, 79:

    qui... conjugalia solvit,

    Sen. Med. 144:

    nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,

    Ov. M. 11, 743:

    (sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,

    cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
    c.
    To efface guilt or wrong:

    magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,

    Ov. F. 5, 304:

    solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,

    id. ib. 2, 44:

    culpa soluta mea est,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:

    neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
    d.
    Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;

    less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,

    Cic. Mil. 31, 85:

    capite poenas solvit,

    Sall. J. 69, 4:

    meritas poenas solventem,

    Curt. 6, 3, 14:

    poenarum solvendi tempus,

    Lucr. 5, 1224:

    nunc solvo poenas,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    hac manu poenas tibi solvam,

    id. Hippol. 1177.—
    e.
    To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:

    atque animi curas e pectore solvat,

    Lucr. 4, 908:

    curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 38:

    patrimonii cura solvatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §

    2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:

    solvite corde metum,

    Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:

    solve metus animo,

    Stat. Th. 2, 356:

    solvi pericula et metus narrant,

    Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:

    hoc uno solvitur ira modo,

    id. A. A. 2, 460:

    solvitque pudorem,

    Verg. A. 4, 55.—
    f.
    Of sleep:

    quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,

    Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:

    nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,

    Luc. 6, 768; cf.:

    lassitudinem solvere,

    Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
    g.
    Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
    (α).
    To raise a siege:

    solutam cernebat obsidionem,

    Liv. 36, 10, 14:

    soluta obsidione,

    id. 36, 31, 7:

    ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,

    id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:

    cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,

    Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
    (γ).
    To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:

    quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,

    Sen. Oedip. 525:

    sonipedes imperia solvunt,

    id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:

    sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
    h.
    Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:

    solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),

    Curt. 10, 2, 5:

    solutae a se legis monitus,

    Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,

    Liv. 8, 4, 7:

    (Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,

    id. 1, 49, 7:

    oportebat istum morem solvi,

    Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
    2.
    Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
    a.
    To subvert discipline:

    disciplinam militarem solvisti,

    Liv. 8, 7, 16:

    luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,

    id. 40, 1, 4:

    quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,

    Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
    b.
    Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:

    nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,

    Sall. J. 41, 6:

    patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    vires solvere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 7:

    vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
    c.
    Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:

    segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;

    similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,

    Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:

    hoc firmos solvit amores,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 385:

    amores cantibus et herbis solvere,

    Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
    d.
    Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:

    vitex dicitur febres solvere,

    Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:

    solvit jejunia granis,

    Ov. F. 4, 607:

    quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,

    id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,

    famem,

    Sen. Thyest. 64.—
    e.
    To delay:

    hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,

    Sen. Troad. 1131.—
    f.
    Of darkness, to dispel:

    lux solverat umbras,

    Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
    g.
    Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:

    aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,

    Sen. Phoen. 406:

    electus formae certamina solvere pastor,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 337:

    jurgia solvere,

    Manil. 3, 115:

    contradictiones solvere,

    Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
    h.
    Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:

    quia quaestionem solvere non posset,

    Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:

    aenigmata,

    Quint. 8, 6, 53:

    omnes solvere posse quaestiones,

    Suet. Gram. 11:

    haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,

    Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:

    unum tantum hoc solvendum est,

    that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:

    puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,

    id. Ep. 48, 6:

    carmina non intellecta Solverat,

    Ov. M. 7, 760:

    triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,

    Sen. Oedip. 102:

    nodos juris,

    Juv. 8, 50:

    proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,

    Quint. 5, 10, 96:

    plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,

    id. 1, 10, 49:

    quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,

    id. 3, 7, 3:

    ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,

    id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
    3.
    In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
    a.
    To pay.
    (α).
    Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:

    quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:

    inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),

    Liv. 6, 14, 5:

    quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,

    id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:

    pro vectura rem solvit?

    paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:

    ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:

    tibi res soluta est recte,

    id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:

    ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 20:

    rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 45:

    dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:

    res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,

    id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);

    semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,

    they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:

    si tergo res solvonda'st,

    by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:

    habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,

    id. Curc. 3, 9:

    tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
    (β).
    Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:

    cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 43:

    ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,

    id. ib. 20, 46:

    misimus qui pro vectura solveret,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 2:

    qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:

    ut creditori solvat,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:

    si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,

    it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:

    numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,

    to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:

    fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 84:

    cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,

    Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:

    non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
    (γ).
    With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:

    postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,

    settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,

    id. Fl. 23, 54:

    ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,

    id. Att. 16, 2, 1:

    solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:

    aes alienum solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 36, 5:

    quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?

    id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,

    debitum solvere,

    id. ib. 6, 30, 2:

    ne pecunias creditas solverent,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:

    ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,

    Liv. 6, 15, 5:

    ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:

    cum patriae quod debes solveris,

    Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    debet vero, solvitque praeclare,

    id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:

    aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:

    qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 22 fin.
    (δ).
    By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:

    emi: pecuniam solvi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:

    pro frumento nihil solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §

    169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,

    Liv. 44, 16:

    hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 6:

    nisi pecuniam solvisset,

    id. Cim. 1, 1:

    condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,

    Liv. 30, 37 med.:

    pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,

    id. 36, 3, 1:

    pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,

    id. 32, 26, 14:

    pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,

    id. 40, 39 fin.:

    meritam mercedem,

    id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:

    quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:

    stipendium,

    Liv. 28, 32, 1:

    dotem mulieri,

    Dig. 24, 3, 2:

    litem aestimatam,

    the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:

    arbitria funeris,

    the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:

    solvere dodrantem,

    to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:

    dona puer solvit,

    paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,

    munera,

    id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:

    et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:

    si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:

    si (actor) solutus fuisset,

    Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
    (ε).
    Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:

    aliquid praesens solvere,

    to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,

    aliquid de praesentibus solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 16:

    solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,

    Vell. 2, 25:

    quas solvere grates sufficiam?

    Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;

    nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:

    unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):

    Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,

    Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    homines dicere, se a me solvere,

    id. ib. 5, 21, 11:

    (summa) erat solvenda de meo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:

    operas solvere alicui,

    to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:

    stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,

    Gai. Inst. 4, 90:

    iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;

    2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,

    a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.

    in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,

    Liv. 31, 13:

    nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 105:

    qui modo solvendo sint,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:

    si solvendo sint,

    Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:

    nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:

    solvendo non erat,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 79;

    and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,

    Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:

    *non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),

    Vitr. 10, 6 fin.
    b.
    To fulfil the duty of burial.
    (α).
    Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:

    qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,

    who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:

    justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,

    Curt. 3, 12, 15:

    proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,

    id. 10, 6, 7:

    ut justa soluta Remo,

    Ov. F. 5, 452:

    nunc justa nato solve,

    Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
    (β).
    Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:

    exsequiis rite solutis,

    Verg. A. 7, 5:

    cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,

    Sen. Hippol. 1198:

    solvere suprema militibus,

    Tac. A. 1, 61.—
    c.
    Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
    (α).
    Alone:

    vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:

    quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,

    Liv. 31, 9 fin.:

    liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,

    id. 40, 44, 8:

    placatis diis votis rite solvendis,

    id. 36, 37 fin.:

    petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,

    id. 45, 44:

    animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 5:

    vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,

    Tac. A. 2, 69:

    vota pater solvit,

    Ov. M. 9, 707:

    ne votum solvat,

    Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:

    voti debita solvere,

    Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.

    the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),

    Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:

    V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),

    ib. 2022 et saep.:

    sacra solvere (=votum solvere),

    Manil. 1, 427.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:

    vota Jovi solvo,

    Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:

    sunt vota soluta deae,

    id. F. 6, 248:

    dis vota solvis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:

    libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),

    Just. 18, 5, 4.—
    d.
    Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:

    fidem obligatam liberare,

    Suet. Claud. 9):

    illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,

    Flor. 1, 1, 12;

    similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),

    Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
    e.
    Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):

    perinde quasi promissum solvens,

    Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:

    solvitur quod cuique promissum est,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;

    similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,

    what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    (Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:

    tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:

    reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,

    id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:

    cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:

    nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,

    unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:

    duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,

    Liv. 27, 51:

    eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,

    id. 24, 45, 10:

    non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;

    postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 21;

    ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,

    Col. 2, 9:

    soluta et facilis terra,

    id. 3, 14;

    solum solutum vel spissum,

    id. 2, 2 init.;

    seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:

    hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,

    id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:

    solutiores ripae,

    Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:

    mas spissior, femina solutior,

    Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:

    dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
    3.
    (Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:

    turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:

    aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:

    (orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,

    Cic. Or. 47, 173:

    verbis solutus satis,

    id. ib. 47, 174:

    solutissimus in dicendo,

    id. ib. 48, 180.—
    2.
    Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:

    quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72:

    soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,

    unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:

    si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;

    non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,

    id. ib. 4, 21, 3;

    solutus omni fenore,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 4;

    nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,

    Liv. 8, 32, 5:

    Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
    3.
    Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:

    quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,

    Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:

    apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,

    i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:

    maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
    4.
    Free from cares, undistracted:

    animo soluto liberoque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:

    sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
    5.
    At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:

    te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:

    quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:

    Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
    6.
    Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:

    quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,

    Cic. Dom. 39, 104:

    an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?

    Sen. Ep. 23, 4:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 5, 355:

    (mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,

    unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
    7.
    Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:

    cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,

    Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:

    ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,

    Liv. 29, 1 fin.:

    Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:

    incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,

    Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:

    rectore solutos (solis) equos,

    Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
    8.
    Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:

    nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;

    cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,

    id. Div. 1, 2, 4:

    judicio senatus soluto et libero,

    id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:

    sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,

    id. Att. 1, 13, 2:

    libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:

    si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,

    uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
    9.
    Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:

    amores soluti et liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    licentia,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 4:

    populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 53:

    quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,

    id. Mil. 13, 34:

    quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,

    Liv. 27, 31 fin.:

    adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,

    id. 2, 1, 2:

    solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,

    a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,

    Suet. Aug. 44:

    mores soluti,

    licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
    10.
    Regardless of rules, careless, loose:

    orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,

    Tac. A. 16, 18.—
    11.
    Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
    (α).
    Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:

    est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
    (β).
    More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);

    in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,

    Cic. Or. 52, 174:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,

    id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;

    68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,

    Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;

    de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,

    id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:

    ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,

    id. ib. 7, 1:

    primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 32:

    Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,

    id. Or. 57, 192:

    et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,

    id. ib. 64, 215:

    a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,

    id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
    (γ).
    Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:

    ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:

    nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,

    id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
    (δ).
    Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:

    soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:

    solutiora componere,

    id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
    12.
    Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):

    sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,

    Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
    13.
    Undisciplined, disorderly:

    omnia soluta apud hostes esse,

    Liv. 8, 30, 3:

    nihil temeritate solutum,

    Tac. A. 13, 40:

    apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,

    Just. 34, 2, 2.—
    14.
    Lax, remiss, weak:

    mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,

    Tac. Or. 18:

    soluti ac fluentes,

    Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:

    solutum genus orationis,

    a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:

    quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,

    laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:

    aliquid in solutum dare,

    to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:

    qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:

    qui rem in solutum accipit,

    Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;

    in solutum imputare,

    to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:

    pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,

    Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:

    pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,

    Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
    1.
    Thinly:

    corpora diffusa solute,

    Lucr. 4, 53.—
    2.
    Of speech, fluently:

    non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 110:

    ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,

    id. ib. 81, 280:

    quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,

    Tac. A. 4, 31.—
    3.
    Irregularly, loosely:

    a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
    4.
    Freely, without restraint:

    generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,

    i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
    5.
    Of style, without connection, loosely:

    enuntiare,

    Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
    6.
    Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:

    praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),

    Liv. 39, 1, 4:

    in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,

    id. 23, 37, 6.—
    7.
    Weakly, tamely, without vigor:

    quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
    8.
    Of morals, loosely, without restraint:

    ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,

    Tac. A. 13, 47.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solvo

  • 9 ὅς

    ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases
    A

    ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325

    , h.Ap. 156 ;

    ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70

    (elsewh.

    οὗ Il. 7.325

    , al., never οἷο); fem.

    ἕης Il.16.208

    (perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only

    ἧς 5.265

    , al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,
    A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. , , τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.
    B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. , , τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)
    A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:
    I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by , , τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. , , τό): with γάρ or

    καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286

    ;

    ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198

    ;

    ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190

    , Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,

    μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59

    , cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.
    II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:
    1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.
    2

    ὃς καὶ ὅς

    such and such a person,

    Hdt.4.68

    :—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.
    3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.
    4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,

    Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1

    ;

    ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76

    ;

    ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81

    ; so

    τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187

    (Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;

    ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102

    , Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;

    ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99

    ;

    πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71

    (as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,

    ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81

    ;

    ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1

    : very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,

    ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6

    ;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21

    , etc.
    B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also , , τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).
    0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to , , τό as relat.):
    I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:
    1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,

    φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87

    ;

    τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12

    : so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,

    λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369

    ; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;

    πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a

    ; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;

    τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8

    .

    β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94

    : it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;

    τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..

    of me whom..,

    S.OC 731

    ; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.
    2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;

    κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη

    one of the thousands, which..,

    12.97

    ;

    αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..

    one of those who..,

    E.Or. 920

    : rare in Prose,

    ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310

    , cf. Lys.1.32.
    3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.
    4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;

    τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν

    a name which..,

    D.19.44

    ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.
    5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,

    ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54

    ;

    τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108

    , cf. 2.17, 124, etc.
    II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,

    ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64

    , cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.
    b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,

    Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69

    , cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.
    2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;

    σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156

    (anap.);

    φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a

    .
    3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;

    οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170

    ;

    οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475

    ;

    ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b

    : freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).
    III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:
    1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;

    ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672

    ;

    ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815

    ; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:
    a [tense] pres. ind.,

    τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175

    ;

    κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445

    ; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;

    Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160

    (lyr.): also after

    ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157

    , etc.
    b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:

    ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378

    ;

    οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407

    :—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,

    Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731

    , cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;

    πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.
    c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,

    ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666

    ; after an opt.,

    ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431

    .
    IV peculiar Idioms:
    1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;

    ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d

    .
    2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,

    ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514

    , cf. D.19.211, etc.;

    ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56

    ;

    ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b

    , cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16

    ;

    ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938

    : c. inf.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33

    (but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.
    3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or

    ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81

    , cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;

    συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056

    ;

    τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44

    ;

    τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14

    .
    4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;

    κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'

    that they may..,

    Il. 9.165

    : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;

    πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209

    (troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,

    ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c

    : also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.
    5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.
    6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,

    γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365

    (perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;

    γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71

    (in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,

    ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118

    , cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;

    πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46

    , cf. D.52.7;

    δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26

    ;

    γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11

    (iii B. C.).
    b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).
    7 in exclamations,

    ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146

    .     0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:
    I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.
    II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.
    III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.
    2

    Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.

    , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.
    IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.
    2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.

    ὅστις 1

    .
    V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc.     0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:
    I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,
    1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.;

    οὗ δή A.Pr. 814

    , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.;

    οὗπερ A.Th. 1016

    , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,

    οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049

    ;

    εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a

    , etc.;

    ἔστιν οὗ

    in some places,

    E.Or. 638

    ;

    οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..

    in some places.., in others..,

    Arist.Oec. 1345b34

    : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];

    ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a

    ;

    συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17

    .
    2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so

    οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86

    , cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);

    ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13

    : in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.
    II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. .
    III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.
    2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)

    μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11

    ;

    ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21

    ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).
    2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.
    3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.
    V

    ἀφ' οὗπερ

    from the time that..,

    A.Pers. 177

    .
    VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    ------------------------------------
    ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.
    A

    οἷο Il.3.333

    , Od.1.330, al.,

    οὗ 23.150

    , al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:
    I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;

    ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761

    ; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,

    τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280

    ;

    τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153

    , etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag.,

    λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367

    (lyr.);

    ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639

    (iamb.);

    ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955

    (iamb.): with Art.,

    λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641

    ;

    ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442

    ;

    τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266

    , cf. 525 (lyr.);

    τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248

    : so in Cret. Prose,

    τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46

    ; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,

    γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205

    ; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.
    II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and
    III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

  • 10 σύν

    σύν [pron. full] [ῠ], old [dialect] Att. [full] ξύν; [dialect] Boeot. [full] σούν IG7.3171.39 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot., iii B.C.): Prep. with dat. (rarely c. gen., σ. τῶν ἐν αὺτῷ νεκρῶν Mitteis Chr.129.23 (ii B.C.);
    A

    σ. ἡρώων IPE2.383

    ([place name] Phanagoria); σ. γυναικός ib.301 ([place name] Panticapaeum), cf. Ostr.240.5 (ii A.D.), PLond.1.113 iv 19 (vi A.D.)):—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Hom., though it is not rare in compds. even when not required by the metre, as in ξυνέαξα, ξυνοχῇσιν, ξύμβλητο, ξύμπαντα; Hes. also uses ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι; in [dialect] Ion. verse we find

    ξύν Thgn.1063

    (but

    σύν Id.50

    ), Sol. 19.3 (perh. old Attic), but

    σύν Archil.4

    , cf. ξυνωνίη, συνίημι; in early [dialect] Ion. Prose (including Inscrr., cf. SIG1.2 (Abu Simbel, vi B.C.), 167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), etc.) ξύν is only found in

    ξυνίημι Heraclit.51

    , Democr.95 (cf. ἀξύνετος, ἀξυνεσίη, ξύνεσις), and in the phrase ξὺν νῷ ( νόῳ codd.) Heraclit.114, Democr.35; Hdt. has only σύν, and in codd. Hp. ξύν has weaker authority than σύν (i p.cxxv Kuehlewein); in the late Ionic of Aret., ξύν prevails over σύν; in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. it is rare,

    ξυνοίκην Sapph.75

    ;

    ξυναλίαξε Ar.Lys.93

    ; elsewh. [dialect] Dor. σύν, Leg.Gort. 5.6, IG9(1).334.47 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.), etc.; but in old [dialect] Att. Inscrr. ξύν is the only form up to 500 B.C.; σύν appears in v B.C. and becomes usual towards the end; after 378 B.C. ξύν survives only in the formula γνώμην δὲ ξυμβάλλεσθαι κτλ.; the phrase ξὺν νῷ is found in Ar.Nu. 580, Pl.Cri. 48c, Men. 88b, R. 619b (

    σὺν E.Or. 909

    ); otherwise, of [dialect] Att. Prose writers Th. alone uses the preposition ξύν, Antipho and Lysias have ξυν- a few times in compds.; codd. Pl. have both ξυν- (Lg. 930a, al.) and συν-; in Antipho Soph.Oxy.1364, Aristox., Arr., Ael., and Anon.Rhythm. ξυν- is very freq.; in Trag. both forms occur. The Prep. σύν gradually gave way to μετά with gen., so that whereas A. has 67 examples of σύν to 8 of μετά with gen., the proportions in Th. are 400 of μετά to 37 of σύν, in D. 346 of μετά to 15 of σύν, and in Arist. 300 of μετά to 8 of σύν: for these and other statistics see C. J. T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. σύν is restricted for the most part to signf. 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοις; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετά; in Pap., NT, and later Prose its use is much less restricted (v. infr.).
    1 in company with, together with,

    δεῦρό ποτ' ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ Il.3.206

    ;

    ξ. παιδὶ.. πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει 6.372

    ;

    σ. τοῖσδε ὑπέκφυγον Od.9.286

    ;

    καταφθίσθαι σ. ἐκείνῳ 2.183

    ;

    ἀπελαύνειν σ. τῷ στρατῷ Hdt.8.101

    ;

    ἐπαιδεύετο σ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ X.An.1.9.2

    ;

    σ. αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς Ev.Marc.15.27

    ;

    οὐδένα ἔχω σ. ἐμοί PSI10.1161.12

    (iv A.D.).
    2 with collat. notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Il.9.49;

    σ. σοί, πότνα θεά Od.13.391

    ;

    πέμψον δέ με σ. γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430

    , cf. 15.26;

    σ. θεῷ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος Pi.N.8.17

    ; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Hdt.1.86;

    σ. θεῷ δ' εἰρήσεται Ar.Pl. 114

    ;

    σ. θεῷ εἰπεῖν Pl.Tht. 151b

    , Prt. 317b;

    ξ. θεοῖς Th.1.86

    ; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Il.11.792, 20.192;

    σ. Χαρίτεσσιν Pi.N.9.54

    , cf. P.9.2;

    ξ. τῷ θεῷ πᾶς καὶ γελᾷ κὠδύρεται S.Aj. 383

    ; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Pi.O.10(11).21, N.6.24: generally, of personal cooperation, σ. σοὶ φραζέσθω let him consult with you, Il.9.346;

    λοχησάμενος σ. ἑταίρῳ Od.13.268

    ; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, IG12.63.17; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, X.Cyr.5.3.5, cf. HG4.1.34; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Id.An.3.1.21, Smp.5.10; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, Id.An.1.2.15, cf. Act.Ap.14.4, etc.
    3 furnished with, endued with,

    σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Od.24.193

    ;

    πόλιν θεοδμάτῳ σ. ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε Pi.P.1.61

    .
    4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Il.1.389, 179, etc.; σ. νηυσὶν ἀλαπάξαι, opp. πεζός, 9.328 (so in Prose,

    σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν X.HG2.2.7

    , etc.);

    σ. ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν Il.5.219

    ; esp. of arms,

    μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι 6.418

    ;

    στῆ δ' εὐρὰξ σ. δουρί 15.541

    ; ἀντιβίην or ἀντίβιον σ. ἔντεσι or σ. τεύχεσι πειρηθῆναι, 5.220, 11.386;

    σ. ἔντεσι μάρνασθαι 13.719

    ;

    σκῆπτρον, σ. τῷ ἔβη 2.47

    ; ἄγγελος ἦλθε.. σ. ἀγγελίῃ ib. 787; ς. (or ξ.)

    ὅπλοις Th.2.2

    , al., Pl.Lg. 947c, Aen.Tact.17.1; ς. (or ξ.)

    τοῖς ὅπλοις Th.2.90

    , 4.14, Hell.Oxy. 10.1, Pl.Lg. 763a, Aen.Tact.11.8;

    σ. ἐγχειριδίοις Hell.Oxy.10.2

    ;

    ξ. ξιφιδίῳ καὶ θώρακι Th.3.22

    ;

    ξ. ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ Id.2.70

    ; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες ll.8.530, etc.: with αὐτός (cf.

    αὐτός 1.5

    ), chiefly in Hom.,

    ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σ. φόρμιγγι Il.9.194

    , cf. 14.498;

    αὐτῷ σ. τε λίνῳ καὶ ῥήγεϊ Od.13.118

    .
    5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances,

    ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Il.17.57

    , cf. Od.12.408; of coincidence in time,

    ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Pi.P.11.10

    ; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖ ib.8.7;

    σ. τῷ Χρόνῳ προϊόντι X.Cyr.8.7.6

    ; in the course of,

    κείνῳ σ. ἄματι B.10.23

    , cf. 125, Pi.Fr. 123.
    6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Il.4.161; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Thgn.50; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, X.Cyr.3.1.15; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, S.Ant. 172; to denote agreement, in accordance with,

    σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ X.An.2.6.18

    ;

    σ. δίκᾳ Pi.P.9.96

    ;

    σ. κόσμῳ Hdt.8.86

    , Arist.Mu. 398b23;

    σ. τάχει S.El. 872

    , etc.
    7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of,

    σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Pi.P.4.221

    ;

    διήλλαχθε σ. σιδάρῳ A.Th. 885

    (lyr.);

    πλοῦτον ἐκτήσω ξ. αἰχμῇ Id.Pers. 755

    (troch.);

    ἡ [τῶν φίλων] κτῆσίς ἐστιν οὐδαμῶς σ. τῇ βίᾳ X.Cyr.8.7.13

    ;

    ξ. ἐπαίνῳ Th.1.84

    .
    8 including,

    κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις IG12.329.5

    , cf. 22.1388.85, 1407.12, al.;

    τοῦ Πειραιῶς ξ. Μουνυχίᾳ Th.2.13

    , cf. 4.124, 5.26, 74, 7.42, 8.90, 95; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (sc. δραχμαὶ)

    σ. ταῖς Νικίου Ar.Fr. 100

    ;

    ἀνήλωσα σ. τῇ τῆς σκευῆς ἀναθέσει ἑκκαίδεκα μνᾶς Lys.21.4

    , cf. 2;

    αἶγας ἀπέδοτο σ. τῷ αἰπόλῳ τριῶν καὶ δέκα μνῶν Is.6.33

    , cf. 8.8,35, 11.42,46, Aeschin. 2.162, D.19.155, 27.23,al., Arist.HA 525b15,17, Ath.19.6, Hipparch. 1.1.9, al., PSI10.1124.14 (ii A.D.).
    9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, A. Th. 283;

    αἱ γὰρ καμπαὶ τέτταρες, ἢ δύο σ. τοῖς πτερυγίοις Arist.HA 490a32

    ;

    σ. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τὸν οἶκον ἐκ τῶν προσόδων μείζω ποιῆσαι D. 27.61

    ;

    τὴν ἐφαπτίδα σ. τῇ σακκοπήρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν

    together with..,

    PEnteux.32.7

    , cf. 89.9 (iii B.C.);

    οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Ev.Luc.20.1

    , cf. Ep.Gal.5.24.
    B POSITION:— σύν sts. follows its case, Il.10.19, Od.9.332, 15.410. It freq. stands between Adj. and Subst., as Od.11.359, Il.9.194, etc.; more rarely between Subst. and Adj., Od.13.258, Pi.P. 8.7.
    2 freq. in tmesis in Hom., as Il.23.687, Od.14.296, etc.
    3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ c. dat.,

    στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι IG12(7).259

    (Amorgos, iii A.D.), cf. Supp.Epigr.4.535 (Ephesus, ii/iii A.D.), Rev.Phil.50.11 (Sardis, i/iii A.D.), CPR26.16 (ii A.D.); cf. infr. c. 2.
    C σύν AS ADV., together, at once,

    κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Od.10.42

    ; mostly folld. by δέ or τε

    , σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Il.23.879

    ;

    σ. τε δύ' ἐρχομένω 10.224

    (cf. σύνδυο)

    ; ξ. τε διπλοῖ βασιλῆς S.Aj. 960

    (lyr.). It is sts. hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Il.23.879; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is = Ξυγκακοποιεῖν in Th.3.13. In Old Testament Gr. it is sts. used to translate the Hebr. 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accus.) through confusion with the Prep. 'ēth 'with',

    ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXXEc.2.17

    ; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρός ib.9.15;

    ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς σὺν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ σὺν τὴν γῆν Aq.Ge.1.1

    , etc.
    2 besides, also,

    σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ A.Ag. 586

    ;

    σ. δ' αὔτως ἐγώ S.Ant. 85

    , etc.;

    σ. δ' ἐγὼ παρών Id.Aj. 1288

    , cf. El. 299;

    Δίρκα τε.. σ. τ' Ἀσωπιάδες κόραι E.HF 785

    (lyr.); in later Poetry

    σ. καί A.R.1.74

    , Herod.4.3, Nic.Th.8, D.P.843 (also in late Prose, Ath.2.49a; cf. supr. B. 3).
    I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaph. of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a trans. Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing.
    2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as in

    συνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2

    , συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμνω; sts., therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word.
    3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Lat. bini, terni, etc.
    II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before ς usu. συς-; but becomes συ- before ς followed by a conson. (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perh. sts. before ξ. In a poet. passage, ap.Pl.Phdr. 237a, we have ξύμ alone in tmesi, ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε for συλλάβεσθέ μοι; cf.

    ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ' ἐφύοντο Emp.95

    : in Inscrr. and Papyri these assimilations are freq. not found.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σύν

  • 11 EN

    * * *
    I)
    conj.
    1) but;
    en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home;
    2) as a copulative, and, = ok;
    ek kann ráðum, Gunnhildar, en kappsemd Egils, I know the devices of G. and (on the other hand) Egil’s eagerness;
    3) = ‘an’, than (óbrigðra vin fær maðr aldregi en mannvit mikit).
    in Norse MSS. = ef, er (rel. pron. and temp. conj.);
    1) if;
    sælar væri sálurnar, en þær vissi, if they knew;
    2) as a rel. pron., = er;
    mína dóttur, en (= er) allra meyja er fegrst, who is the fairest of all maidens;
    * * *
    1.
    disjunctive conj.; in MSS. spelt either en or enn, [a particle peculiar to the Scandin.; in Danish men; in Swedish both men, än, and endast; Norse enn and also men, Ivar Aasen]:—but; en ef hann hefir, þá …, but if he has, then …, Grág. i. 261; en ef menn gefa þeim mat, id.; en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home, Fms. vi. 100; en fjöldi féll, but a great many fell, Fas. ii. 514; eyrum hlýðir en augum skoðar, Hm. 7; en ekki eigu annarra manna orð, Grág. i. 84, 99, 171; en Skíðblaðnir skipa, en jóa Sleipnir, en hunda garmr, Gm. 44; en ór sveita sjár, en ór beinum björg, Vþm. 21; and passim. It is even used with a slight conjunctive sense; þykki mér sem því muni úhægt saman at koma, kappi þínu ok dirfð ‘en’ skaplyndi konungs, methinks it will be hard to make the two things go together, thy vehemence and rashness ‘and’ (on the other hand) the temper of the king, Eg. 521; ek kann ráðum Gunnhildar ‘en’ kappsemd Egils, I know the devices of Gunnhilda ‘and’ (on the other hand) Egil’s eagerness, 257: used in narratives to begin a sentence, merely denoting the progress of the tale, much the same as ‘and,’ cp. the use of auk III, p. 33; thus in Ýt. some verses begin with ‘en,’—En dagskjarr …, 2, 3, 14, 23; En Gunnlaugr grimman tamði, Hlt.; En Hróalds á höfuðbaðmi, Ad. 19, without any disjunctive notion.
    2.
    temporal adv., better spelt enn, [prob. akin to endr and eðr, q. v.]:—yet, still; þú hefir enn eigi ( not yet) heyrða kenning Drottins, Mar. 656 A. ii. 14; vildi hann enn svá, Fms. i. II; at hann mundi enn svá göra, vi. 100; þá ríkir hann enn fyrir mik, Al. 29; til betri tíma en ( than) enn ( still) er kominn, Sks. 596 B.
    2. before a comparative; enn síðarr, still later, N. G. L. i. 94; enn betr, still better; enn fyrr, still later; enn verri, still worse; enn æðri, still worthier; enn hærri, still higher; enn firr, still further off; enn nær, still nearer; enn heldr, still more, Sks. 304: separated from the comparative, enn vóru fleiri dætr Haralds, the daughters of H. were still more, i. e. H. had more daughters yet, Fms. i. 5.
    β. curious is the use of en (usually spelt in or inn) in old poems, viz. before a comparative, where in prose the ‘en’ can be left out without impairing the sense; thus, hélt-a in lengr rúmi, be kept not his place longer, i. e. ran away, Am. 58; ráð en lengr dvelja, to delay no longer, 61; menn in sælli, a happier man, Skv. 3. 18; né in mætri mægð, worthier affinity, id.; mann in harðara = harðara mann, a hardier man, Hbl. 14; nema þú in snotrari sér, unless thou art wiser, Vþm. 7; drekka in meira mjöð, to drink more mead; bíta en breiðara, to bite broader, i. e. eat with better appetite, Þkv. 35; þars þætti skáld in verri, where poets were kept in less honour, Jomsv. S. (in a verse); né in heldr, neither; né hests in heldr, neither for his horse, Hm. 60; né in heldr hugðir sem var Högni, neither are ye minded as H., Gh. 3, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21: in prose, eigi in heldr ætla ek, þat …, neither do I think, that …, Nj. 219.
    3. to boot, further, moreover; bolöxar ok enn amboð nokkur, pole-axes and some tools to boot, Dipl. v. 18; ok þat enn, at, and that still more, that, Róm. 302; Ingibjörg hét enn dóttir Haralds, Ingeburg was further Harold’s daughter, Fms. i. 5.
    3.
    or enn, conj., written an in very old MSS., e. g. Hom., Greg., Eluc., but in the great bulk of MSS. en is the standing form, both ancient and modern; [formed by anacope, by dropping the initial þ; Ulf. þanuh; A. S. þanne; Engl. than; Hel. than; O. H. G. danna; Germ. dann, but here almost replaced by ‘als;’ Swed. änn; Dan. end; Norse enn, Ivar Aasen; the anacope is entirely Scandin.]:—than, Lat. quam; heldr faðir an móðir, more father than mother, Eluc. 5; bjartari an sól, brighter than the sun, 45, 52; meira an aðrir, more than others, Greg. 51; víðara an áðr, wider than before, id.; betr an þegja, better than being silent, 96; æðri an þetta, Eluc. 51; annat an annat, one thing rather than another, 50; ljósara an nú, 44; heldr an vér, 17; annat an dauðan, 15; meira an Guð, 13; fyr an, 6; annat an þú ert, 59; framarr an þeir hafa, id.; framar an vesa, 60; heldr an færi eðr fleiri, Hom. 45; heldr an, 63; betra er þagat an mælt, 96; helgari an annarra manna, 126; framar an sín, 135, etc.; cp. Frump. 158–163: ‘en’ however occurs in Hom. 126.
    II. the form ‘en’ (or ‘enn’) occurs passim, Grág. i. 173, ii. 13, Al. 29, Sks. 596 B, N. G. L. i. 32, etc. etc.
    ☞ The particle en differs in sense when placed before or after the comparative; if before, it means still; if after, than; thus, fyrr enn, áðr enn, before, Lat. prinsquam, but enn fyrr, still earlier, sooner; enn heldr, still more, but heldr enn, rather than; enn betr, still better, but betr enn, better than; enn síðar, still later, but síðar enn, later than, etc. Again, there is a difference of sense, when neither en is a comparative; en ef, but if; ef enn, if still, etc.
    4.
    is now and then in MSS., esp. Norse, used = er, ef, q. v., but this is a mere peculiarity or false spelling:
    1. when; mér vórum í hjá en (= er) þeir, when they, D. N. i. 271; til þess en = til þess er, 81.
    2. as a relat. particle, which; sú hin ríka frú en ( which), Str.; mína dóttur en allra meyja er fegrst, my daughter who is the fairest of all women, Þiðr. 249; af því en hann hefir fingit, Al. 145; sá ótti en, 107; en sungin er, which is sung, Hom. 41; but hvárt en er, whether, N. G. L. i. 349.
    3. = ef, if, [cp. Old Engl. an]; sælar yæri sálurnar, en þær vissi, if they knew, Al. 114; en þeir vildi = ef þeir vildi, 118; en vér færim = ef vér færim, 120, esp. freq. in D. N. (vide Fr.) Very rare in Icel. writings or good MSS., e. g. en ek hefi með Guðs miskunn (i. e. er ek heti), as I have, because I have, Bs. i. 59, Hung. ch. 1; vide er.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EN

  • 12

    , [full] , τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., , , οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but , , οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

    (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

    ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

    ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

    ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

    (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

    (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. , ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With , ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A , , τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

    ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

    the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

    ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

    ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

    : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

    ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

    ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

    ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

    ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

    (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

    III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

    ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

    ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

    : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

    II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

    : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

    ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

    ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

    ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

    :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

    in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

    ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

    ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

    ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

    ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

    : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

    ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

    : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

    codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B , , τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

    the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

    ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

    ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

    ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

    ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

    ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

    ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

    ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

    ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

    ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

    ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

    : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

    ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

    that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

    ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as , , τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

    ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

    ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

    ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. , , τό, with [pron. full] make , as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: , τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: , τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: , τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) >

  • 13 περί

    περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—
    A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around,

    τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68

    ;

    τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818

    (lyr., s.v.l.);

    εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129

    : rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.
    2 about near,

    π. σοῦ πάντα γένοιτο ῥόδα IG14.2508

    ([place name] Nemausus).
    II to denote the object about or for which one does something:
    1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ;

    π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265

    ; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120;

    π. σεῖο 3.137

    ;

    π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416

    ; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ;

    π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161

    ;

    π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245

    ; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37;

    ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102

    ;

    νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191

    ; <

    τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74

    ; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.;

    οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7

    ; and without a Verb,

    π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122

    ;

    π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44

    , cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.;

    μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d

    ;

    ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437

    , cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ;

    πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29

    ;

    π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95

    ; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ;

    καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225

    , cf. 24.515.
    2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of,

    π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17

    ;

    ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249

    ;

    φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234

    ;

    φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36

    , etc.;

    κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621

    ;

    δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a

    , etc.;

    ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13

    ; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ;

    βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69

    ;

    π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49

    ; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e;

    μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36

    , cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.
    3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning,

    π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270

    ;

    οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563

    ;

    π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191

    ;

    π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135

    , 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.;

    λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22

    , etc.;

    λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b

    , etc.;

    ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48

    ; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.;

    παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8

    ;

    ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82

    ;

    νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52

    , etc.;

    νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214

    .
    4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.
    5 about, in regard to,

    μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53

    ;

    οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117

    ;

    τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6

    ;

    τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5

    : in Prose freq. without a Verb,

    ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88

    ; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.
    III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep.,

    π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287

    ;

    π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375

    ;

    τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38

    ;

    ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325

    ;

    ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304

    ;

    π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108

    ;

    κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566

    , cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ;

    π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279

    ;

    π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214

    ;

    π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289

    , cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.
    IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ;

    π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89

    ;

    π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1

    ; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.
    V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ;

    περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25

    ; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),
    I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc.,

    ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21

    ;

    χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60

    ;

    δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241

    ;

    ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467

    ;

    κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17

    ;

    βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401

    : in Prose,

    π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61

    ;

    θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13

    ; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ;

    π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e

    , etc.;

    χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245

    ;

    χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416

    ;

    πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648

    ; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ;

    δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95

    ;

    κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317

    ;

    π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598

    ;

    μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453

    : rarely in Trag.,

    π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259

    (lyr.);

    κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240

    .
    2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it,

    π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577

    ;

    ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441

    ;

    κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86

    ;

    π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570

    ;

    πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828

    ;

    αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303

    .
    3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him,

    ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4

    ; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ;

    π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039

    .
    II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1),

    π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471

    ;

    μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245

    ;

    π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568

    ;

    ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2

    ;

    π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a

    ;

    π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34

    codd.;

    κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6

    .
    2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2),

    π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566

    ;

    ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240

    , cf. 11.557;

    δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60

    , cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27;

    θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d

    , cf. Tht. 148c;

    π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54

    .
    3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183;

    μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101

    ;

    π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33

    ;

    π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69

    : in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.);

    π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429

    :—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE,
    I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ;

    π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13

    ;

    π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162

    ; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ;

    ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16

    , cf. 51, etc.;

    π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139

    ;

    π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362

    : also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.;

    λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519

    ;

    μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256

    , etc.;

    φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303

    ; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750;

    σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25

    , cf. Od.18.67: in Prose,

    ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22

    ;

    φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9

    ; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9;

    εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4

    ; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10;

    ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23

    ; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ;

    οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e

    ;

    στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18

    : strengthd.,

    π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760

    ;

    π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848

    ; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.
    2 of persons who are about one,

    ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22

    ; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues,

    οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63

    ; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.
    3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4;

    γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12

    ; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20;

    ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6

    ;

    διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    , etc.: less freq.

    ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28

    , Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ;

    οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8

    ; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.
    4 round or about a place, and so in,

    π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368

    , cf. 90;

    ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439

    ; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ;

    χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61

    , cf. 7.131;

    εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d

    , etc.; οἱ

    π. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12

    , etc.
    5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ;

    εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a

    ;

    ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10

    ;

    ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20

    ;

    ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10

    ;

    ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696

    ;

    τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21

    ;

    οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102

    ; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a;

    τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76

    ;

    καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b

    ;

    π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20

    ; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb,

    αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20

    ;

    ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2

    ;

    ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b

    : generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of,

    π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93

    , cf. 8.86;

    πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d

    ;

    ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42

    ; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ;

    ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84

    ; as to (cf. A. 11.5),

    π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c

    , cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ;

    οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d

    ;

    αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e

    ; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ;

    ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19

    : in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63;

    τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a

    ;

    τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d

    ;

    τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23

    , etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.
    II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ;

    π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89

    , etc.
    2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54;

    π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5

    , etc.
    D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe,

    ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173

    ;

    ἔριδος πέρι 16.476

    : most freq. with gen.,

    τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630

    ;

    τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248

    , etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose,

    σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36

    ;

    σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a

    ;

    δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a

    , etc.;

    γραμμάτων εἴπομεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἔχεις πέρι Id.Lg. 809e

    , cf. Ap. 19c.
    E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom.,

    γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362

    , al.: strengthd.,

    περί τ' ἀμφί τε κάλλος ἄητο

    round about,

    h.Cer.276

    , cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.
    2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily,

    π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430

    , etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117);

    ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53

    ; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69;

    π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206

    ; also

    π. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157

    ;

    π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433

    ;

    ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70

    , cf. Od.14.146;

    π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22

    .
    4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards,

    δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34

    , cf. Phot.;

    τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34

    .
    F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.
    I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.
    II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.
    III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.
    IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.
    V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).
    G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. (

    περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152

    ); once in Hes.,

    περίαχε Th. 678

    (cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.;

    περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242

    ;

    περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27

    H.; also in Pi.,

    περάπτων P.3.52

    ;

    περόδοις N.11.40

    ;

    περιδαῖος Fr. 154

    ;

    περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265

    ;

    ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38

    : not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περί

  • 14 dominante

    adj.
    1 dominant.
    Se me pasó el bus I missed the bus.
    2 domineering (person).
    f.
    dominant.
    * * *
    1 dominant, dominating
    2 (que prevalece) prevailing, predominating
    3 (que avasalla) domineering
    * * *
    adj.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=despótico) domineering
    2) (=predominante) [viento, tendencia, opinión, ideología] dominant, prevailing; [grupo, cultura, rasgo, tema, color] dominant; [papel, rol] dominant, leading
    3) (Bio) [macho, gen] dominant
    4) (Mús) dominant
    2.
    SF (Mús) dominant
    * * *
    1)
    a) <color/tendencia> predominant, dominant; < opinión> prevailing (before n); < cultura> dominant
    b) (Biol, Mús, Astrol) dominant
    2) < persona> domineering
    * * *
    = dominant, pervasive, ruling, domineering, mainline, commanding, all-pervasive [all pervasive], mainstream, suppressive, pervading, dominating, bossy [bossier -comp., bossiest -sup.], bossy boots, overbearing.
    Ex. English is the dominant language for the dissemination of information.
    Ex. The unease is pervasive, not an occasional outcropping of discontent.
    Ex. The impulse to learn is a ruling passion in very few people; in most of us it is so weak that a frowning aspect can discourage it.
    Ex. These messages were examined for 'friendly' features, such as politeness, specificity, constructiveness and helpfulness, and for 'unfriendly' features, like the use of cryptic codes or vocabulary, or language which users might find threatening, domineering, or emotive.
    Ex. This is 'scientific journalism' at its worst, but its standards are not wholly different from those of the mainline press.
    Ex. His preference for books rather than journals was more commanding than his preference for poetry rather than prose.
    Ex. Countries should adopt strategies to prepare themselves for the all-pervasive influence of IT in people's lives in the 21st century.
    Ex. Some children may be constrained by a mainstream curriculum that does not match their ability level.
    Ex. Where other women are in position of authority, they are even more suppressive to other women than males.
    Ex. While not addressing specific issues the rejoinder focuses on a few pervading themes.
    Ex. There are different styles of handling interpersonal conflict such as integrating, obliging, dominating, avoiding, and compromising.
    Ex. Regardless of gender, problem drinking was mainly related to traits of negative masculinity ( bossy, noisy, aggressive, etc) whereas binge eating was mainly related to negative femininity (shy, needs approval from others, etc).
    Ex. With the kids tucked into bed, bossy boots left to fill her empty life with some cocktails.
    Ex. Overbearing parents are likely to raise obsessive kids, according to a new study.
    ----
    * función dominante = alpha role.
    * grupo dominante = dominant group.
    * papel dominante = alpha role.
    * * *
    1)
    a) <color/tendencia> predominant, dominant; < opinión> prevailing (before n); < cultura> dominant
    b) (Biol, Mús, Astrol) dominant
    2) < persona> domineering
    * * *
    = dominant, pervasive, ruling, domineering, mainline, commanding, all-pervasive [all pervasive], mainstream, suppressive, pervading, dominating, bossy [bossier -comp., bossiest -sup.], bossy boots, overbearing.

    Ex: English is the dominant language for the dissemination of information.

    Ex: The unease is pervasive, not an occasional outcropping of discontent.
    Ex: The impulse to learn is a ruling passion in very few people; in most of us it is so weak that a frowning aspect can discourage it.
    Ex: These messages were examined for 'friendly' features, such as politeness, specificity, constructiveness and helpfulness, and for 'unfriendly' features, like the use of cryptic codes or vocabulary, or language which users might find threatening, domineering, or emotive.
    Ex: This is 'scientific journalism' at its worst, but its standards are not wholly different from those of the mainline press.
    Ex: His preference for books rather than journals was more commanding than his preference for poetry rather than prose.
    Ex: Countries should adopt strategies to prepare themselves for the all-pervasive influence of IT in people's lives in the 21st century.
    Ex: Some children may be constrained by a mainstream curriculum that does not match their ability level.
    Ex: Where other women are in position of authority, they are even more suppressive to other women than males.
    Ex: While not addressing specific issues the rejoinder focuses on a few pervading themes.
    Ex: There are different styles of handling interpersonal conflict such as integrating, obliging, dominating, avoiding, and compromising.
    Ex: Regardless of gender, problem drinking was mainly related to traits of negative masculinity ( bossy, noisy, aggressive, etc) whereas binge eating was mainly related to negative femininity (shy, needs approval from others, etc).
    Ex: With the kids tucked into bed, bossy boots left to fill her empty life with some cocktails.
    Ex: Overbearing parents are likely to raise obsessive kids, according to a new study.
    * función dominante = alpha role.
    * grupo dominante = dominant group.
    * papel dominante = alpha role.

    * * *
    A
    1 ‹color/tendencia› predominant, dominant; ‹opinión› prevailing ( before n)
    la nación dominante en este campo the dominant o leading nation in this field
    los tonos dominantes del cuadro the predominant tones in the painting
    el rasgo dominante de su carácter the dominant o most outstanding feature of his personality
    la nota dominante de la jornada fue la tranquilidad calm prevailed throughout the day
    vientos dominantes del sur prevailing southerly winds
    2 ( Biol) dominant
    3 ( Mús) dominant
    4 ( Astrol) dominant
    B ‹persona› domineering
    * * *

    dominante adjetivo
    1
    a)color/tendencia predominant, dominant;

    opinión prevailing ( before n);
    cultura dominant
    b) (Biol, Mús, Astrol) dominant

    2 persona domineering
    dominante adjetivo
    1 (predominante, mayoritario) dominant
    2 (tiránico) domineering
    ' dominante' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    imperiosa
    - imperioso
    - sargento
    - clase
    English:
    commanding
    - dominant
    - domineering
    - mainstream
    - masterful
    - overbearing
    - pervasive
    - self-assertive
    - self-assertiveness
    * * *
    adj
    1. [predominante] [nación, tendencia, característica] dominant;
    [vientos] prevailing;
    el color dominante era el azul the predominant colour was blue;
    la empresa tiene una posición dominante en el sector the company holds a commanding position in the sector;
    lo más dominante en su personalidad es el optimismo his most striking characteristic is his optimism
    2. [persona] domineering
    3. Biol [gen] dominant
    4. Mús dominant
    nf
    1. [característica] predominant feature
    2. Mús dominant
    * * *
    adj dominant; desp
    domineering
    * * *
    1) : dominant
    2) : domineering
    * * *
    dominante adj dominant

    Spanish-English dictionary > dominante

  • 15 εἰ

    εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.
    A

    Inscr.Cypr.135.10

    H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.
    A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,

    εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262

    ; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.
    2 in wishes, c. opt.,

    ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111

    , cf. 24.74; so later,

    εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863

    (lyr.);

    εἴ μοι γένοιτο φθόγγος ἐν βραχίοσιν E.Hec. 836

    : more freq. folld. by

    γάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189

    , al.;

    εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d

    ; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,

    εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825

    ;

    Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29

    ; later with past tenses of ind.,

    εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152

    (anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),

    αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311

    , cf. 24.376.
    b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions,

    εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν 2.33

    ;

    εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157

    ;

    ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537

    (lyr.);

    εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46

    : later c. inf.,

    γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284

    (Crin.).
    c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,

    αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84

    ; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.
    d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),

    εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    .
    B IN CONDITIONS, if:
    I with INDIC.,
    1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,

    εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7

    ;

    εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526

    ;

    εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a

    ;

    κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579

    , cf. Od.17.475;

    εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c

    ;

    εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b

    , cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.
    b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,

    εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943

    : with [tense] impf.,

    εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10

    : rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.
    2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,

    εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19

    ;

    εἰ μὴ βοηθήσετε οὐ περιέσται τἀκεῖ Th.6.91

    ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings,

    εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά E.Fr.5

    ;

    εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c

    , cf. D.28.21: or,
    b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485

    , cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.
    3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.
    a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;

    αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28

    ; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.
    b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,

    εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38

    ; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;

    καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d

    , cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,

    εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a

    .
    c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.
    II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,

    αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6

    ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,

    εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13

    ; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21

    ;

    εἴ τι που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος ἀφειμένον ᾖ Pl.Lg. 761c

    : in later Prose,

    εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5

    ;

    εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9

    , cf. Procl. Inst.26.
    1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;

    ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11

    ; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.
    2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,

    εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81

    .
    b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.
    III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),
    1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;

    εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979

    ;

    οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11

    ;

    οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37

    , etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.
    b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; also

    εἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c

    .
    2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,

    εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768

    ; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;

    ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755

    . For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,

    ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3

    .
    3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;

    ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5

    .
    4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.

    ἄν A. 111

    . d).
    IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,

    εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129

    ;

    εἰ εἶναι τοῦτο μὴ φίλον 2.64

    , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.
    V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;

    οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147

    : after past tenses,

    ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13

    ;

    δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33

    ;

    ἐθαύμαζον εἴ τι ἕξει τις χρήσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105

    : in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)

    εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157

    ;

    ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7

    ; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found,

    ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ D.8.55

    ;

    δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ οἱ ἐκείνων ξύμμαχοι οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν Th.1.121

    ;

    τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d

    , etc.
    VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;

    εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321

    ; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.
    VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:
    1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.
    2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.
    3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:
    a εἰ μή except,

    οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200

    ; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,

    ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73

    , cf. 1.45, 2.20;

    εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17

    , Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,

    εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8

    ;

    εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13

    .
    b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,

    προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37

    , cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;

    ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35

    ;

    οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6

    , cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.
    c εἰ δέ sts. stands for

    εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c

    , cf. Smp. 212c;

    εἰ δ' οὖν S.Ant. 722

    ;

    εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24

    ; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.
    d εἰ γάρ for if so, Id.7.3.6.
    e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,

    τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5

    ;

    ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8

    , cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;

    εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2

    , etc.;

    εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d

    ; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).
    f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,

    ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20

    , cf. Ar.Eq. 594;

    αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11

    , cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,

    εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39

    .
    g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);

    εἴ που Od.4.193

    .
    h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),

    πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58

    .
    VIII with other PARTICLES:
    2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., v. ὡς and ὥσπερ.
    3 for εἰ ἄρα, v. ἄρα; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, v. εἰ δή, εἴπερ; for εἴ γε, v. γέ.
    IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.
    C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:
    1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;

    εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41

    .
    2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,

    ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75

    .
    3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;

    ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60

    : rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.
    4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.
    5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause,

    ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ' ἔνδον εἴτ' οὐκ ἔνδον S.Aj.7

    ;

    σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ Pl.R. 451d

    ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;

    πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a

    , 313b;

    ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9

    ; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰ

  • 16 prominente

    adj.
    1 protruding (abultado).
    2 prominent (elevado, ilustre).
    3 striking to the eye, conspicuous, prominent.
    4 projecting, pronounced, bold, jutting.
    * * *
    1 prominent
    * * *
    adj.
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) [mentón, tripa] prominent
    2) (=importante) prominent
    * * *
    adjetivo prominent
    * * *
    = evident, outstanding, prominent, high profile, commanding, protruding, elevated, standout.
    Nota: Adjetivo.
    Ex. Complete agreement had not been possible, but the numbers of rules where divergent practices were evident is limited.
    Ex. The PRECIS indexing system is a set of procedures for producing index entries which in theoretical terms represents an advance outstanding for its highly formularized approach to citation order and reference, or added entry, generation.
    Ex. Classification is also prominent in the physical arrangement of documents.
    Ex. The South African government is under pressure to bring rapid and high profile improvements to its schools = El gobierno de Sudáfrica está siendo presionado para que traiga mejoras rápidas y notorias a sus escuelas.
    Ex. His preference for books rather than journals was more commanding than his preference for poetry rather than prose.
    Ex. The card catalogue requires effective internal guiding such as guide cards (ie with protruding tabs).
    Ex. Public investment in rebuilding the church and the gifts of individual donors were important indications of its elevated social standing.
    Ex. Among its standout features is a collection of animated maps that are not terribly detailed but are accompanied by high-quality pictures of many interesting sites.
    ----
    * figura prominente = outstanding leader.
    * * *
    adjetivo prominent
    * * *
    = evident, outstanding, prominent, high profile, commanding, protruding, elevated, standout.
    Nota: Adjetivo.

    Ex: Complete agreement had not been possible, but the numbers of rules where divergent practices were evident is limited.

    Ex: The PRECIS indexing system is a set of procedures for producing index entries which in theoretical terms represents an advance outstanding for its highly formularized approach to citation order and reference, or added entry, generation.
    Ex: Classification is also prominent in the physical arrangement of documents.
    Ex: The South African government is under pressure to bring rapid and high profile improvements to its schools = El gobierno de Sudáfrica está siendo presionado para que traiga mejoras rápidas y notorias a sus escuelas.
    Ex: His preference for books rather than journals was more commanding than his preference for poetry rather than prose.
    Ex: The card catalogue requires effective internal guiding such as guide cards (ie with protruding tabs).
    Ex: Public investment in rebuilding the church and the gifts of individual donors were important indications of its elevated social standing.
    Ex: Among its standout features is a collection of animated maps that are not terribly detailed but are accompanied by high-quality pictures of many interesting sites.
    * figura prominente = outstanding leader.

    * * *
    prominent
    tiene el mentón muy prominente she has a very prominent o a protruding chin
    una figura prominente de la literatura española a prominent figure in Spanish literature
    * * *

    prominente adjetivo
    prominent
    prominente adjetivo prominent
    ' prominente' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    salida
    - salido
    English:
    high profile
    - obtrusive
    - prominent
    - high
    - low
    - prominently
    - protrude
    * * *
    1. [abultado] protruding
    2. [elevado] prominent
    3. [importante] prominent
    * * *
    adj prominent
    * * *
    : prominent
    * * *
    prominente adj prominent

    Spanish-English dictionary > prominente

  • 17 ἕτερος

    ἕτερος, α, ον, only [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. with [pref] ἕ-, [dialect] Dor. [full] ἅτερος [pron. full] [ᾰ] IG4.914.9 (Epid.), etc. (and [dialect] Att.in crasis, v.infr.), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἄτερος Alc.41.5, etc.:— but [full] ἅτερος [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att. crasis for ὁ ἅτερος, Com.Adesp.14.23 D., al., [dialect] Ion. [full] οὕτερος (fr. ὁ ἕτ-) Hdt.1.34, etc., [dialect] Dor. [full] ὥτερος Theoc.7.36; neut.
    A

    θάτερον A.Ag. 344

    , And.2.7, etc., [dialect] Ion.

    τοὔτερον Hdt.1.32

    : pl. ἅτεροι, for οἱ ἅτεροι, Arist.Pol. 1255a20;

    θάτερα S.El. 345

    , Th.1.87, etc.; gen.

    θατέρου S.Ph. 597

    , etc., [dialect] Ion.

    τοὐτέρου Semon.7.113

    , [dialect] Dor.

    θατέρω Ti.Locr.94a

    ,

    θωτέρω Epich.71

    (dub. l.); dat.

    θατέρῳ A.Pr. 778

    ; fem. nom.

    ἡτέρα IG22.1498.76

    , 1615.14,87 (iv B.C.), S.OC 497, Ar.Lys.85, 90 codd., Paus.Gr.Fr.82; dat.

    θητέρᾳ S.OT 782

    , Tr. 272, E.Hipp. 894, Ar.Av. 1365, etc., cf. Paus.Gr. l.c. (in Mss. sts. θατέρᾳ), [dialect] Ion.

    τἠτέρῃ Phoen.5.2

    .—Later masc. and fem. θάτερος, θατέρα, even with the Art., Men.846, Chrysipp. ap. Paus.Gr.Fr.82, Lyc.590, Polem. Cyn.4, Luc.D Mort.26.1 (condemned in Pseudol.29), Gp.14.20.2, etc.;

    τῶν θατέρων Iamb. in Nic. p.83

    P.; θάτερον acc. sg. masc., E. Ion [849].
    I one or the other of two, usu. c. Art. exc. in Poets ; freq. of natural pairs, σκαιῇ (sc. χειρὶ)

    ἔγχος ἔχων, ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον Il.16.734

    ; τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν.. τῇ δ' ἑτέρῃ .. 14.272, cf. X.Cyn.10.11; χειρὶ ἑτέρῃ with one hand, Il.12.452, Od.10.171 (but χεὶρ ἑτέρη commonly of the left hand, v. infr. IV.I);

    ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο Il.4.502

    ;

    χωλὸς δ' ἕτερον πόδα 2.217

    , cf. Ar.Ec. 162, Din.1.82;

    ἀμφότεραι αἱ γνάθοι, ἢ ἡ ἑτέρα X.Eq.1.9

    ;

    ἐκκοπεὶς τὸν ἕ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν D.H.5.23

    ;

    εἰς γόνυ θάτερον Philostr.Im.2.20

    ; of pairs in general, Il.5.258, etc.; τὴν ἑ. πύλην one of the two gates, Hdt.3.156;

    ὁ ἕ. τῶν στρατηγῶν Th.4.43

    ;

    τὸ ἕ. τοῖν δυοῖν τειχοῖν Id.7.24

    : freq. of alternatives presented,

    τῶνδε τὰ ἕ. ποιέειν Hdt.4.126

    ; ἑλοῦ γε θάτερ', ἢ.. ἢ .. S.El. 345; τοῖνδ' ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν τὸν ἕ. E.Ph. 952 ;

    δυοῖν ἀγαθοῖν τοῦ ἑτέρου τεύξεσθαι Th.4.28

    ; δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ.. ἢ .. Pl. Tht. 187c;

    ὅταν δυοῖν καλοῖν θάτερον κάλλιον ᾖ, ἢ τῷ ἑτέρῳ τούτοιν ἢ ἀμφοτέροις ὑπερβάλλον κάλλιόν ἐστιν Id.Grg. 475a

    : in pl., one of two parties or sets, Od.11.258; τῶν ἕτεροί γε παῖδα κλαύσονται one set of parents, either mine or thine, Il.20.210;

    δώῃ δ' ἑτέροισί γε νίκην 7.292

    ;

    ἑτέροισι δὲ κῦδος ἔδωκαν 13.303

    : freq. with neg.,

    οὐδ' ἕτεροι 11.71

    .
    2 in double clauses ἕτερος (in Prose always ὁ ἕτερος) is generally repeated; ἑ. μὲν δουρὶ.., τῷ δ' ἑ. 21.164; τὸν ἕ., ἕ. δὲ .. Od. 5.266;

    ἕ. λευκόν, ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν Il.3.103

    , etc.: but sts. omitted in one clause, [

    ἕτερος μὲν] κακῶν, ἕ. δὲ ἐάων 24.528

    , cf. 7.420, IG22.1388.46 (prob.), etc.;

    ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ' ἑτέρη Il.22.149

    , IG12.76.50; ἕ..., ὁ δὲ .. Od.8.374; answered by

    ἄλλος, ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ Il.9.313

    , cf. Od.7.123; reversely ἄλλῳ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν [ἔδωκε] Il.13.731, cf. Pl.R. 439b, Tht. 184e; τότε μὲν ἕτερα.., τότε δὲ ἄλλα .. Pl.Alc.1.116e; ὁ ἕτερος.., ὁ λοιπός .. X.An.4.1.23 ; ἕτερα.., τὰ δὲ .. S.OC 1454 (lyr.); later

    μίαν μὲν.. ἑτέραν δέ A.D. Synt.172.5

    ;

    τὴν μίαν.. τὴν δ' ἑτέρην AP9.680

    .
    3 repeated in the same clause, ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ' ἐστίν one building follows on another, Od.17.266; <ἀ> δ' ἀτέρα τὰν ἀτέραν κύλιξ ὠθήτω let one cup push on the other, Alc.41.5; ἢ θάτερον δεῖ δυστυχεῖν ἢ θάτερον one party or the other, E. Ion [849];

    ἕτεροι ἑτέρων ἠξίωσαν ἄρχειν Th.2.64

    ; ἕτερος ἀφ' ἑτέρου θεραπείας ἀναπιμπλάμενοι ἔθνῃσκον ib.51;

    εἴ τίς τι ἕτερος ἑτέρου προφέρει Id.7.64

    ;

    ξυμμειγνυμένων ἑτέρων ἑτέροις Ar.Av. 701

    ; συμφορὰ ἑτέρα ἑτέρους πιέζει one calamity oppresses one, another others, E.Alc. 893 (lyr.);

    ἑτέρᾳ δ' ἕτερος ἕτερον ὄλβῳ καὶ δυνάμει παρῆλθεν Id.Ba. 905

    , cf.S.OC 231 (anap.);

    ἄλλη δ' εἰς ἑτέρην ὀλυφύρετο A.R.1.250

    .
    4 = δεύτερος, second, ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ' ἑτέρη.., ἡ δὲ τρίτη .. Od.10.352 sq., cf. Il.16.179, al., X.Cyr.2.3.22; ἡ ἑ. πρότασις the minor premiss, Arist. EN 1143b3: without Art.,

    ἕ. τέρας Hdt.7.57

    ; προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι you call them further by a new name, Pl.Phlb. 13a; cf. IV. 1b.
    b with Pronouns of quantity, ordinals, etc., τόσσοι δ' αὖθ' ἕτεροι ποταμοί as many more, Hes.Th. 367; ἕτερον τοσοῦτον as much again, Hdt.2.149; ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου for as long again, Isoc. 4.153; ἕ. τοιαῦτα other things of like kind, Hdt.1.120, 191; ἑτέρων τοιῶνδε (sc. ἀνθρώπων) ἄρχεις ib. 207; τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ.. τῷ ἑτέρῳ in the same way over again, Id.2.127;

    ἄλλα τε τοιαῦθ' ἕτερα μυρία Ar.Fr.333.4

    ; χιλίας ἑτέρας [δραχμάς] D.58.6; δεύτερον, τρίτον ἕ. δικαστήριον, Id.23.71,74; ἕ. ἐγώ, of a friend, Pythag. ap. Iamb.in Nic. p.35 P.; ἕτεροι αὐτοί second selves, Arist.EN 1161b28;

    εὕρηκε τὸν ἕ., τὸν σέ Men.474

    .
    II without Art., another, of many, with a sense of difference, Il.4.306, Od.7.123, Ar.Ach. 422, Lys.66, etc.;

    ἕ.αὖ τις Id.Eq. 949

    ;

    ἕ. αὖ Id. Pax 295

    , etc.;

    ἕτερα ἄττα Pl.Tht. 188b

    ; repeated

    ἑτέραν χἀτέραν τρικυμίαν Men.536.8

    : with neg., οἷα οὐχ ἕτερα [ἐγένετο] such as none like them had happened, Th.1.23;

    ναυμαχία.. οἵα οὐχ ἑτέρα τῶν προτέρων Id.7.70

    ; οὐδεμιᾶς ἥσσων μᾶλλον ἑτέρας ib. 29 (s.v.l.); οὐχ ἕτερον ἀλλά .. none other than, Plu.2.671b, cf. UPZ 71.9 (ii B.C.).
    b οἱ ἕ. the rest, Hdt.4.169.
    c ὁ ἑ. ' one's neighbour', ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἕ. Ep.Rom.13.6, cf. Ep.Gal.6.4.
    III of another kind, different,

    ἕ. δέ με θυμὸς ἔρυκεν Od.9.302

    ; τὸ μὲν ἕ., τὸ δὲ ἕ., i.e. they are different, Pl.Men. 97d, cf. R. 346a;

    ἕ. τε καὶ ἀνόμοιον Id.Smp. 186b

    ;

    τὸ δὲ ταὐτὸν ἕ. ἀποφαίνειν καὶ τὸ θάτερον ταὐτόν Id.Sph. 259d

    ;

    ἕ. ἤδη ἦν καὶ οὐχ ὁ αὐτός D.34.12

    ;

    ἑτέραν ἔδωκεν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ὄψιν OGI458.7

    (i B. C.);

    ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον Ep.Gal.1.6

    : coupled with ἄλλος, χἀτέρους ἄλλους πόνους and other different toils, E.Supp. 573 (s.v.l.), cf. Or. 345 (dub.l.);

    Ῥόδον καὶ ἄλλας ἑτέρας πόλεις D.15.27

    ;

    ἕτερον τό τ' ἀλγεῖν καὶ θεωρεῖν ἐστ' ἴσως Philem.75.7

    ;

    ἕτερα φρονῶν καὶ δημηγορῶν Din.1.17

    : c.gen., other than, different from,

    φίλους.. ἑτέρους τῶν νῦν ὄντων Th.1.28

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 333a, D.10.44, etc.; ἕτερον, ἕτερα ἢ .., E.Or. 345, X.Cyr.1.6.2;

    παρὰ ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a

    ;

    ἕτερα πολιτείας εἴδη παρὰ μοναρχίαν Arist.Pol. 1294a25

    , cf. 1286b21.
    2 other than should be, euphem. for

    κακός, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα S.Ph. 503

    ;

    ἀγάθ' ἢ θάτερα, ἵνα μηδὲν εἴπω φλαῦρον D. 22.12

    : abs., δαίμων ἕ. Pi.P.3.34; λέκτρα, συμφοραί, E.Med. 639 (lyr.), HF 1238;

    ἐὰν τὰ ἕ. ψηφίσωνται οἱ δικασταί D.48.30

    ; πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν did more harm (than good), Isoc.19.25, cf. Pl.Phd. 114e, Euthd. 280e, Aristid.2.117 J.
    IV Special Phrases:
    1 elliptical, mostly in dat. fem.,
    a τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (sc. χειρί), [dialect] Ep. ἑτέρῃ or ἑτέρηφι, with one hand (v. sub init.); with the left hand, Od.3.441, Il.22.80, Theoc.24.45: hence prov., οὐ τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ληπτός not to be caught with one hand, Pl.Sph. 226a;

    ἐκ δ' ἑτέρης A.R.1.1115

    , AP 9.650 (Leont.).
    c (sc. ὁδῷ) in another or a different way,

    καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἀτέρᾳ S.OC 1444

    ; another way,

    τρέπεσθαι Ar.Nu. 812

    ;

    ἑτέρᾳ πῃ Id.Eq.35

    ; τότ' ἄλλοσ'.., θατέρᾳ δὲ .. S.Tr. 272; θατέρᾳ.., θατέρᾳ .. in one way.., in the other.., Henioch.5.16 ;

    ἑτέρηφι Hes.Op. 216

    : acc.

    ἑτέραν ἐκτρέπεσθαι Luc.Tim.5

    .
    2 adverb. with Preps.:
    a ἐπὶ θάτερα to the one or the other side, one or the other way, ἐπὶ μὲν θάτερα.., ἐπὶ θ. δὲ .. Hp.Art.7; τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα, τότε δ' ἐπὶ θ. Pl.Sph. 259c: also with another Prep., ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θάτερα to or on the other side, Th.1.87; ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα from the other side, Id.7.37; ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπὶ θ., ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ θ. Pl.Prt. 314e: c. gen.,

    ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θ. τοῦ ποταμοῦ Th.7.84

    ;

    εἰς τἀπὶ θ. τῆς πόλεως X.HG6.2.7

    ;

    τὸ ἐπὶ θάτερον τῆς ῥινός Hp.Art.35

    .
    b κατὰ θάτερα on the one or other side,

    κατὰ θ. ἀστός D.57.30

    ;

    ψόφου κατὰ θ. προσπεσόντος Plu.Brut.51

    , etc.; but καθ' ἕτερα at other points, Th.7.42.
    V Adv. [full] ἑτέρως in one or the other way, opp. ἀμφοτέρως, Pl.Tht. 181e; ἑ. τε καὶ ἑ., = ἀμφοτέρως, Id.Phdr. 235a; τοῦ σκέλους ἑ. ἔχειν, = ἑτεροσκελὴς εἶναι, Philostr.VA3.39.
    2 differently, rarely in Poetry,

    οὐχ ἑ. τις ἐρεῖ Theoc.Ep.10.3

    ; ἑ. ἔχειν to be different, Ar.Pl. 371: freq. in Prose, ὡς ἑ. in the other way (cf. ὡς)

    , ἢν ἡ ἑτέρη γνάθος ἐκστῇ ὡς ἑ. χρὴ τὴν ἐπίδεσιν ἄγειν Hp.Art.34

    , cf. Pl.Sph. 266a, etc.; ἐάν τε καλῶς, ἐάν θ' ὡς ἑ. D.18.85, cf. 212: c. gen., differently from,

    ἑ. πως τῶν εἰωθότων Pl.Plt. 295d

    ; ἑ. ἤπερ .. Ael.NA12.28.
    3 otherwise than should be, badly, wrongly, once in Hom.,

    ἑ. ἐβόλοντο Od.1.234

    ;

    εἰ καὶ ἑ. τοῦτο ἀπέβη SIG851.10

    (Marc.Aur.);

    εἴ τι ἑ. φρονεῖτε Ep.Phil. 3.15

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἕτερος

  • 18 punto de acceso

    (n.) = access point, entry point, entry term, index entry, retrieval access, search key, access point, service point, point of access, entrance point
    Ex. This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.
    Ex. UNIBID has less redundancy and covers more types of bibliographic material than UNIMARC, whereas the latter probably has more entry points for catalogue headings.
    Ex. These instructions codes convert the operators into machine-readable manipulation codes, and show which terms are to be used as entry term.
    Ex. All index entries and references in a PRECIS index are derived from an indexing string.
    Ex. Much more important, however, is the fact that an online catalog contains many more retrieval accesses than a catalog based on the Paris Principles and is therefore a far more effective tool from the user's point of view.
    Ex. Typically some parts of records can be searched and their elements used as search keys.
    Ex. Such libraries act as access points to the full range of resources that are housed in the central libraries with which they are linked.
    Ex. One of the greatest assets that libraries possess as potential hosts for community information services is their extensive network of service points.
    Ex. Simplifying the filing rules and adding more points of access are exactly what we need.
    Ex. Written in engaging, lively prose, the biography might offer an accessible entrance point into 17th-century studies for scholars new to the period.
    * * *
    (n.) = access point, entry point, entry term, index entry, retrieval access, search key, access point, service point, point of access, entrance point

    Ex: This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.

    Ex: UNIBID has less redundancy and covers more types of bibliographic material than UNIMARC, whereas the latter probably has more entry points for catalogue headings.
    Ex: These instructions codes convert the operators into machine-readable manipulation codes, and show which terms are to be used as entry term.
    Ex: All index entries and references in a PRECIS index are derived from an indexing string.
    Ex: Much more important, however, is the fact that an online catalog contains many more retrieval accesses than a catalog based on the Paris Principles and is therefore a far more effective tool from the user's point of view.
    Ex: Typically some parts of records can be searched and their elements used as search keys.
    Ex: Such libraries act as access points to the full range of resources that are housed in the central libraries with which they are linked.
    Ex: One of the greatest assets that libraries possess as potential hosts for community information services is their extensive network of service points.
    Ex: Simplifying the filing rules and adding more points of access are exactly what we need.
    Ex: Written in engaging, lively prose, the biography might offer an accessible entrance point into 17th-century studies for scholars new to the period.

    Spanish-English dictionary > punto de acceso

  • 19 -A

    or -AT or -T, a negative suffix to verbs, peculiar to Iceland and a part, at least, of Norway. Occurs frequently in old Icelandic poetry and laws, so as almost to form a complete negative voice. In the 1st pers. a personal pronoun k (g) = ek is inserted before the negative suffix, in the 2nd pers. a t or tt. As a rule the pron. as thus repeated; má-k-at-ek, non possum; sé-k-at-ek, non video; hef-k-at-ek, non habeo; skal-k-at-ek; vil-k-at-ek, nolo; mon-k-at-ek, non ero, etc.: 2nd pers. skal-t-at-tu; mon-t-at-tu; gaf-t-at-tu, non dabas: and after a long vowel a tt, mátt-at-tu, sátt-at-tu; so almost invariably in all monosyllabic verbal forms; but not so in bisyllabic ones, máttir-a-þú, non poteras: yet in some instances in the 1st pers. a pronominal g is inserted, e. g. bjargi-g-a-k, verbally servem ego non ego; höggvi-g-a-k, non cædam; stöðvi-g-a-k, quin sistam; vildi-g-a-k, nolui; hafði-g-a-k, non babui; mátti-g-a-k, non potui; görði-g-a-k, non feci: if the verb has gg as final radical consonants, they change into kk, e. g. þikk-at-ek = þigg-k-at-ek, nolo accipere. In the 3rd pers. a and at or t are used indifferently, t being particularly suffixed to bisyllabic verbal flexions ending in a vowel, in order to avoid an hiatus,—skal-at or skal-a, non erit; but skolo-t, non sunto: forms with an hiatus, however, occur,—bíti-a, non mordat; renni-a, ne currat; skríði-a, id.; leti-a, ne retardet; væri-a, ne esset; urðu-a, non erant; but bíti-t, renni-t, skríði-t, urðu-t are more current forms: v. Lex. Poët. The negative suffix is almost peculiar to indic., conj., and imperat. moods; the neg. infin. hardly occurs. Nothing analogous to this form is to be found in any South-Teutonic idiom; neither do there remain any traces of its having been used in Sweden or Denmark. A single exception is the Runic verse on a stone monument in Öland, an old Danish province, now Swedish, where however the inscriptions may proceed from a Norse or Icel. hand. The Runic inscriptions run thus, sa’r aigi flo, who did not fly, old Icel. ‘flo-at,’ Baut. 1169. Neither does it occur in any Norse prose monuments (laws): but its use may yet be inferred from its occurrence in Norse poets of the 10th century, e. g. the poets Eyvind and Thiodolf; some of which instances, however, may be due to their being transmitted through Icel. oral tradition. In Bragi Gamli (9th century) it occurs twice or thrice; in the Haustlöng four times, in Ynglingatal four times, in Hákonarmál once (all Norse poems of the 10th century). In Icel. the suffixed negation was in full force through the whole of the 10th century. A slight difference in idioms, however, may be observed: Völuspá, e. g., prefers the negation by (using vas-at only once, verse 3). In the old Hávamal the suffix abounds (being used thirty-five times), see the verses 6, 10, 11, 18, 26, 29, 30, 34, 37–39, 49, 51, 52, 68, 74, 88, 113–115, 126–128, 130, 134, 136, 147, 149, 151, 153, 159. In Skírnismál, Harbarðsljóð, Lokasenna—all these poems probably composed by the same author, and not before the 10th century—about thirty times, viz. Hbl. 3, 4, 8, 14, 26, 35, 56; Skm. 5, 18, 22; Ls. 15, 16, 18, 25, 28, 30, 36, 42, 47, 49, 56, 60, 62. Egil (born circa 900, died circa 990) abounds in the use of the suffixed neg. (he most commonly avails himself of -at, -gi, or ): so, too, does Hallfred (born circa 968, died 1008), Einar Skálaglam in Vellekla (circa 940–995), and Thorarin in the Máhlíðingavísur (composed in the year 981); and in the few epigrams relating to the introduction of Christianity in Icel. (995–1000) there occur mon-k-að-ek, tek-k-at-ek, vil-k-at-ek, hlífði-t, mon-a, es-a; cp. the Kristni S. and Njala. From this time, however, its use becomes more rare. Sighvat (born circa 995, died 1040) still makes a frequent but not exclusive use of it. Subsequent poets use it now and then as an epic form, until it disappeared almost entirely in poetry at the middle or end of the 13th century. In the Sólarljóð there is not a single instance. The verses of some of our Sagas are probably later than the Sagas themselves; the greatest part of the Völsungakviður are scarcely older than the 11th century. In all these -at and conj. eigi are used indifferently. In prose the laws continued to employ the old forms long after they were abolished in common prose. The suffixed verbal negation was used,
    α. in the delivering of the oath in the Icel. Courts, esp. the Fifth Court, instituted about the year 1004; and it seems to have been used through the whole of the Icel. Commonwealth (till the year 1272). The oath of the Fifth (High) Court, as preserved in the Grágás, runs in the 1st pers., hefka ek fé borit í dóm þenna til liðs mér um sök þessa, ok ek monka bjóða, hefka ek fundit, ok monka ek finna, hvárki til laga né ólaga, p. 79; and again p. 81, only different as to ek hefka, ek monka (new Ed.): 3rd pers., hefirat hann fé; borit í dóm þenna ok monat hann bjóða, ok hefirat hann fundit, ok monat hann tinna, 80, 81; cp. also 82, and Nj. l. c. ch. 145, where it is interesting to observe that the author confounds the ist and 3rd persons, a sign of decay in grammatical form.
    β. the Speaker (lögsögumaðr), in publicly reciting and explaining the law, and speaking in the name of the law, from the Hill of Laws (lögberg), frequently employed the old form, esp. in the legal words of command es and skal (yet seldom in plur.): erat in the dictatorial phrases, erat skyldr (skylt), non esto obligatus; erat landeigandi skyldr, Grág. (Kb.) i. 17; erat hinn skyldr, 21; yngri maðr era skyldr at fasta, 35; enda erat honum þá skylt at …, 48; erat þat sakar spell, 127; era hinn þá skyldr at lýsa, 154; erat hann framar skyldr sakráða, 216; ok erat hann skyldr at ábyrgjask þat fé, 238; ok erat hann skyldr, id.; ok erat sakar aðili ella skyldr, ii. 74; erat hinn skyldr við at taka, 142; erat manni skylt at taka búfé, 143; enda erat heimting til fjár þess, 169; era hann þá skyldr at taka við í öðru fé nema hann vili, 209; ok erat þeim skylt at tíunda fé sitt, 211; ok erat hann skyldr at gjalda tíund af því, 212; erat kirkjudrottinn þá skyldr, 228; ef hann erat landeigandi, i. 136. Skalat: skalat maðr eiga fó óborit, i. 23; skalat homum þat verða optar en um siun, 55; skalat maðr ryðja við sjálfan sik, 62; skalat hann þat svá dvelja, 68; skalat hann til véfangs ganga, 71; skalat aðilja í stefnuvætti hafa, 127; ok skala hann gjalda fyrir þat, 135; ok skalat hann með sök fara, 171; enda skalat hann fleirum baugum bœta, 199; skalat hann skilja félagit, 240; skalat hann meiri skuld eiga en, ii. 4; skalat þeim meðan á brott skipta, 5; skalat hann lögvillr verða, svá, 34; skalat hon at heldr varðveita þat fé, 59; í skalat enn sami maðr þar lengr vera, 71; ok skala honum bæta þat, 79; skalat fyl telja, 89; skalat hann banna fiskför, 123; skalat hann lóga fé því á engi veg, 158; skalat drepa þá menn, 167; skalat svá skipta manneldi, 173; skalat maðr reiðast við fjórðungi vísu, 183. Plur.: skolut menn andvitni bera ok hér á þingi, i. 68; skolut mál hans standast, 71; skolut þeir færi til vefangs ganga en, 75, etc. etc. Other instances are rare: tekrat þar fé er eigi er til (a proverb), i. 9; ok um telrat þat til sakbóta, ok of telrat þá til sakbóta ( it does not count), 178; ef hann villat ( will not) lýsa sár sitt, 51; ok ræðrat hann öðrum mönnum á hendr þann úmaga, 248; ræðrat sá sínum ómögum á hendr, ii. 18; verðrat honum at sakarspelli and verðrat honum þat at s., i. 63; verðrat honum þat at sakarvörn, 149; kömrat hann öðru við, ii. 141; þarfat hann bíða til þess, i. 70; ok skilrat hann frá aðra aura, ii. 141, i. 136. Reflexive form: kömskat hann til heimtingar um þat fé, he loses the claim to the money, ii. 180, etc. All these instances are taken from the Kb. (Ed. 1853). Remarkable is also the ambiguity in the oath of Glum (see Sir Edm. Head, Viga-Glum, pp. 102, 103, note, I. c.), who, instead of the plain common formal oath—vask-at-ek þar, vák-at-ek þar, rauðk-at-ek þar odd ok egg—said, vask at þar, vák at þar, rauðk at þar. He inverted the sense by dropping the intermediate pronominal ek between the verb and þar, and pronouncing ‒ ‒́ instead of ‒́ ⏑. It further occurs in some few proverbs: varat af vöru, sleikði um þvöru, Fs. 159; veldrat sá er varir, Nj. 61 (now commonly ekki veldr sá er v., so in Grett.); erat héra at borgnara þótt hœna beri skjöld, Fms. vii. 116; era hlums vant kvað refr, dró hörpu á ísi, 19: also in some phrases, referred to as verba ipsissima from the heathen age—erat vinum líft Ingimundar, Fs. 39; erat sjá draumr minni, Ld. 128. Thorodd employs it twice or thrice: því at ek sékk-a þess meiri þörf, because í do not see any more reason for this, Skálda 167; kannka ek til þess meiri ráð en lítil, I do not know, id.; mona ( will not) mín móna ( my mammy) við mik göra verst hjóna, 163. In sacred translations of the 12th century it occurs now and then. In the Homilies and Dialogues of Gregory the Great: monatþu í því flóði verða, thou shalt not; esa þat undarligt þótt, it is not to be wondered at; hann máttia sofna, he could not sleep; moncaþ ek banna, I shall not mind, Greg. 51, 53; vasal kall heyrt á strætum, was not, Post. 645. 84; nú mona fríðir menn hér koma, Niðrst. 623. 7. In later writers as an archaism; a few times in the Al. (MS. A. M. 519), 3, 5, 6, 44, 108; and about as many times in the MS. Eirspennill (A. M. 47, fol.) [Etymon uncertain; that at is the right form may be inferred from the assimilation in at-tu, and the anastrophe in t, though the reason for the frequent dropping of the t is still unexplained. The coincidence with the Scottish dinna, canna is quite accidental.]

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > -A

  • 20 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

См. также в других словарях:

  • Prose or Sequence — • A liturgical hymn used on certain festivals before the Gospel in the Mass Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Prose Or Sequence     Prose or Sequence      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Prose interpretation — (also known as prose reading ) is a non memorized event in which competitors choose a published piece of work that is not poetry or drama. The piece should be cut to no more than 10 minutes (with an additional 30 second grace period, the use of… …   Wikipedia

  • Prose — For the Wikipedia guideline regarding editing articles, see . literaturecontains five or more sentences in passages.Prose is writing that resembles everyday speech. The word prose is derived from the Latin prosa , which literally translates to… …   Wikipedia

  • Prose Edda — Infobox Book name = Prose Edda translator = image caption = This colourful front page of the Prose Edda in an 18th century Icelandic manuscript shows Odin, Heimdallr, Sleipnir and other figures from Norse mythology. author = Snorri Sturluson… …   Wikipedia

  • Prose Tristan — The Prose Tristan is an adaptation of the Tristan and Iseult story into a long prose romance, and the first to tie the subject entirely into the arc of the Arthurian legend. It was also the first major Arthurian prose cycle commenced after the… …   Wikipedia

  • Prose Works other than Science and Health — The Prose Works , or Prose Works Other than Science and Health , is a single volume compendium of the key works of Mary Baker Eddy, the founder of Christian Science, outside of its denominational textbook. While the fact is not generally known… …   Wikipedia

  • nonfictional prose — Introduction       any literary work that is based mainly on fact, even though it may contain fictional elements. Examples are the essay and biography.       Defining nonfictional prose literature is an immensely challenging task. This type of… …   Universalium

  • polyphonic prose — prose characterized by the use of poetic devices, as alliteration, assonance, rhyme, etc., and esp. by an emphasis on rhythm not strictly metered. [1915 20] * * * ▪ literature       a freely rhythmical form of prose that employs characteristic… …   Universalium

  • Augustan prose — is somewhat ill defined, as the definition of Augustan relies primarily upon changes in taste in poetry. However, the general time represented by Augustan literature saw a rise in prose writing as high literature. The essay, satire, and dialogue… …   Wikipedia

  • Short prose — is a generic term for various kinds of very short fictional prose; short prose may or may not be narrative. Short prose pieces are considerably shorter than a short story, i.e., usually less than c. 1,000 words. Because of their small size, short …   Wikipedia

  • More Than Human — This article is about the 1953 novel. For the 2003 television show, see More than Human (TV show). For the book by Ramez Naam, see Ramez Naam. More Than Human   …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»